FAC2602 - gimmenotes.co.zagimmenotes.co.za/.../2017/01/FAC2602-Study-guide.pdf · ... Consolidation...
Transcript of FAC2602 - gimmenotes.co.zagimmenotes.co.za/.../2017/01/FAC2602-Study-guide.pdf · ... Consolidation...
MO001/3/2017
Selected Accounting Standards and Simple Group Structures
FAC2602
Semesters 1 & 2
Department of Financial Accounting
IMPORTANT INFORMATION:
This document contains the tutorial matter of your learning units.
2
CONTENTS
Page
1. Introduction 3
2. Lecturers and contact details 3
3. Learning Unit 1 4
4. Learning Unit 2 13
5. Learning Unit 3 31
6. Learning Unit 4 47
7. Learning Unit 5 73
8. Learning Unit 6 91
9. Learning Unit 7 107
10. Learning Unit 8 162
11. Learning Unit 9 202
12. Topic B: Learning Unit 1 258
3
INTRODUCTION
Dear Student,
Attached please find the following learning units:
Learning unit 1 – Provisions in respect of companies in a group context
Learning unit 2 – Consolidation of a wholly-owned subsidiary at date of acquisition
Learning unit 3 – Consolidation of a partly-owned subsidiary at date of acquisition
Learning unit 4 – Consolidation of a wholly-owned subsidiary after date of acquisition
Learning unit 5 – Consolidation of a partly-owned subsidiary after date of acquisition
Learning unit 6 – Acquisition of an interest in a subsidiary during the year
Learning unit 7 – Elimination of intragroup transactions
Learning unit 8 – Treatment of dividends during consolidation
Learning unit 9 – Treatment of preference shares during consolidation
Topic B: Learning unit 1 – Statements of cash flows
LECTURERS AND CONTACT DETAILS
Your FAC2602 lecturers and their offices are as follows: Ms C Wolfaardt - AJH van der Walt Building 2-43 Ms S Gani - AJH van der Walt Building 2-45 Ms R Grobler - AJH van der Walt Building 2-67 Ms MM Pholo - AJH van der Walt Building 2-44 Our contact details are as follows:
Telephone: 012 429 4234 Fax: 012 429 3335 E-mail: [email protected]
4
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
PROVISIONS IN RESPECT
OF COMPANIES IN A
GROUP CONTEXT
LEARNING UNIT 1
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
5
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to identify and define a business combination, a parent and subsidiary
company as well as simple groups in relation to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
1.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................ 6
1.2 BUSINESS COMBINATION, PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES ....................................... 6
1.3 ACCOUNTING FOR GROUPS .................................................................................... 10
1.4 GENERAL PRINCIPLES .............................................................................................. 11
1.5 EXERCISES ................................................................................................................. 11
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 12
KEY CONCEPTS
Business combination
Acquire
Entity
Parent
Subsidiary
Sub-subsidiary
Control
Share capital
Simple group
Complex group
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
6
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to
define a business combination
define a parent
define a subsidiary
explain the difference between simple and complex groups
describe the provisions regarding accounting and disclosure as they relate to
group financial statements of companies
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The first learning unit, which deals with group financial statements, is mainly background
knowledge. As you progress through the course, you will come to understand the purpose
that this background knowledge serves. We refer back to certain concepts and principles
discussed here in subsequent learning units, so they should become clearer to you later on in
the module.
1.2 BUSINESS COMBINATION, PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES
Over the years, the tendency in the business world has been to form bigger and bigger
enterprises. Sole proprietors combined to form partnerships, which in turn amalgamated to
form yet bigger partnerships. However, these bigger partnerships posed one problem: all the
partners were not equally involved. Some partners merely contributed capital, whereas others
were more actively involved in managing the enterprise on a daily basis. The result was the
formation of companies to limit the liability of the inactive partners.
Companies also began to combine with other companies to form larger companies and groups
of companies.
IFRS 3 Business combinations regulates business combinations. We can define a business
combination as a transaction or other event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more
businesses.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
7
EXAMPLE
The following is an example of such a group:
P Ltd
75% of the control by
means of 75% of the
share capital
S Ltd
a) P Ltd is the parent. (P Ltd holds more than half of the issued share capital and it is
assumed also more than half the voting rights in S Ltd.)
b) S Ltd is the subsidiary.
Where a parent is linked with a subsidiary to form a larger economic unit, it is customary to
refer to the entity as a group.
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (issued May 2011) defines a group as a parent
and all its subsidiaries. In such a group, the management of the different independent parent
and subsidiary entities would co-ordinate their efforts on a central and unified basis to serve
the interests of the group as a whole. It is possible for management to operate on a unified
basis because of the control that the parent exercises over its subsidiaries.
IFRS 10 determines that an investor (in this case the parent) controls an investee (the
subsidiary) when the investor is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement
with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the
investee.
The above is an example of a simple group. Although you will only have to deal with accounting
and disclosure for simple groups in this course, we would like to introduce you to the concept of
complex groups so that it will not be an entirely new or foreign concept to you in future.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
8
EXAMPLE
The following are two examples of complex groups:
1. P Ltd
80% of the control through 60% of the control through
80% of the share capital 60% of the share capital
S1 Ltd S2 Ltd
a) P Ltd is the parent.
b) S1 Ltd and S2 Ltd are the subsidiaries.
c) P Ltd, S1 Ltd and S2 Ltd collectively form a complex group (horizontally).
2.
P Ltd
75% of the control through
75% of the share capital
S1 Ltd
80% of the control through
80% of the share capital
S2 Ltd
a) P Ltd is the parent.
b) S1 Ltd is the subsidiary, and S2 Ltd is the sub-subsidiary.
c) P Ltd, S1 Ltd and S2 Ltd collectively form a complex group (vertically).
It should be clear to you from the above that simple groups have only one subsidiary where
complex groups have more than one subsidiary.
The following definitions are important in the light of the above explanation:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
9
Business combination
A business combination is defined as a transaction or another event in which an acquirer
obtains control of one or more businesses.
Parent
A parent is an entity that controls one or more other entities (subsidiaries).
Subsidiary
A subsidiary is an entity that is controlled by another entity (the parent).
Sub-subsidiary
A sub-subsidiary is a subsidiary of another subsidiary.
Control
An investor (parent) controls an investee (subsidiary) when the investor (parent) is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee (subsidiary) and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee (subsidiary).
An investor (parent) controls an investee (subsidiary) only if all of the following is true for the investor:
It has power over the investee (subsidiary).
It has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee.
It has the ability to use its power over the investee (subsidiary) to affect the amount of the investor's returns.
Please note that in FAC2602 we will assume that an investor obtains control by possessing 50% or more of the shares and voting rights of a company.
The issued share capital of a company may consist of both ordinary and preference shares.
Shares do not have a nominal or par value in terms of the Companies Act 71 of 2008. All
shares of the same class have the same rights, and each share has one voting right, except
when the company's memorandum of incorporation provides otherwise (e.g. the voting rights
of preference shares may be excluded).
It should now be clear to you that a parent can obtain control over a subsidiary when the
parent holds the majority of the shares in the subsidiary.
In the examples we use, the percentages of shareholding and voting rights usually
correspond, since each share normally carries one vote. However, it is important to know that
this is not always the case in practice and that the percentage of voting rights would
determine the percentage of equity if there are no other factors influencing control.
In learning unit 3, we will explain the calculation of the percentage interest in more detail.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
10
1.3 ACCOUNTING FOR GROUPS
The essence of consolidations is that the parent is able to control the policy and management
of the subsidiary. Therefore, the group should be seen as an economic unit.
Although the parent shows investments in its subsidiaries on its statement of financial position,
it is highly probable that the value of the investments may have changed considerably since the
investments were made. The statements may therefore not be an accurate reflection of the
activities of the group.
For this reason, it is in the interest of the shareholders of the parent to have a single set of
annual financial statements drawn up for the group to give the shareholders an idea of the
earnings per share and the assets and liabilities of the group. We also call this set of
statements the consolidated statements, group annual financial statements or group
statements. Briefly, these are a combination of all the statements of the companies in the
group. They indicate that the investment represented in the parent's statements has been
replaced by the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary which represent this investment.
However, we need to make certain adjustments to represent these combined values
realistically as a single economic unit, which we will explain to you in the next learning unit.
IFRS 10 requires parent companies to consolidate their investments in subsidiaries and to
include all their subsidiaries in the consolidated financial statements. This implies that
consolidated financial statements are compulsory when a parent-subsidiary relationship
exists.
Group annual financial statements may include the following consolidated financial
statements: statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of
changes in equity, statement of financial position, statement of cash flows and notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
When are group statements not required?
IFRS 10 however allows a parent not to present consolidated financial statements only if it
meets all of the following conditions:
The parent itself is a wholly-owned subsidiary, or the parent is a partially-owned sub-
sidiary of another entity and has informed its owners, including those not otherwise
entitled to vote, that it will not present consolidated financial statements, and its owners
do not object to this.
The parent's debt or equity instruments are not traded in a public market.
The parent did not file its financial statements with a securities commission or other
regulatory organisation for the purpose of issuing any class of instruments in a public
market, nor is in the process of doing so.
The ultimate or any intermediate parent of the parent produces consolidated financial
statements available for public use that comply with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
11
A parent that elects in terms of the above-mentioned not to present consolidated financial
statements may present separate financial statements as its only financial statements.
1.4 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Group statements should be a fair reflection of the state of affairs of the parent and its
subsidiaries as at the accounting date.
Eliminate profits or losses that have arisen as a result of transactions within the group
and that have not been realised outside the group.
Eliminate all intragroup balances when determining the total assets and liabilities of the
group.
Eliminate the carrying amount of the parent's investment in the subsidiary.
1.5 EXERCISES
We end the learning unit with a few revision questions. For your own sake, try to answer them
by referring to the notes before you look at the proposed solutions.
QUESTION 1
Explain the following concepts:
a) Parent
b) Subsidiary
c) Wholly-owned subsidiary
QUESTION 2
Distinguish between simple and complex groups and give a schematic representation of each.
QUESTION 3
When are consolidated annual financial statements not required?
FAC2602 / Learning unit 1
12
SOLUTIONS
Refer to the following sections of this learning unit for the answers to the questions:
QUESTION 1
a) Section 1.2
b) Section 1.2
c) Section 1.2
QUESTION 2
Section 1.2
QUESTION 3
Section 1.3
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
define a business combination?
define a parent?
define a subsidiary?
explain the difference between simple and complex groups?
13
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
CONSOLIDATION OF A
WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY AT DATE OF
ACQUISITION
LEARNING UNIT 2
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
14
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to consolidate the financial statements of a group of companies at the date of
acquisition if a subsidiary is wholly-owned in accordance with International Financial Reporting Stan-
dards (IFRS).
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
2.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 15
2.2 BASIC CONSOLIDATION TECHNIQUES ................................................................... 15
2.3 CONSOLIDATION OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF A WHOLLY-
OWNED SUBSIDIARY AT THE DATE OF ACQUISITION ......................................... 20
2.4 EXERCISES ................................................................................................................. 24
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 30
KEY CONCEPTS
Net asset value
Premium
Discount
Intragroup items
Common items
Goodwill
Gain from a bargain purchase
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
15
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a parent and its wholly-
owned subsidiary at the date of acquisition in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
calculate intragroup items and common items
calculate goodwill and a gain from a bargain purchase at the acquisition of a
subsidiary
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
2.1 INTRODUCTION
As we explained in learning unit 1, the consolidated statements of a group are in principle
merely the combined statements of all the companies in the group. However, we will have to
make certain adjustments to the statements before we can refer to them as consolidated
statements.
We can represent consolidations schematically as follows:
A Ltds
financial
statement
B Ltds
financial
statement
Group consolidated
Financial statementsAdjustments to
A Ltd drafts its financial statements from its financial records, as does B Ltd. Once the
individual statements have been completed, the accountant use the information from these
statements to make the necessary consolidation adjustments and only then compiles the
consolidated statements. Note that the original financial statements of A Ltd and B Ltd are
never amended during the consolidation process. This process repeats itself year after year,
and the adjustments have to be made afresh every year. You will understand this better as
you study the following learning units.
2.2 BASIC CONSOLIDATION TECHNIQUES
Please follow the following basic steps when compiling consolidated annual financial state-
ments:
Eliminate common items.
Eliminate intragroup items.
Consolidate the remaining items.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
16
2.2.1 Eliminating common items
One of the first adjustments the accountant should make to the consolidated statements is to
eliminate the investment in the parent's records and the owners' equity section in the
subsidiary's records as at the date when the investment was made. We do this because we
need to eliminate all intragroup transactions since the group is regarded as one economic
entity and cannot enter into transactions with itself.
Note:
In this module, we only deal with cases where the investment in the subsidiary is carried (in the
records of the parent) at the original cost price, which is assumed to be its fair value. For the
sake of simplicity, it is assumed that the fair value remains unchanged from the original cost
price.
EXAMPLE 1
The following example illustrates the elimination of investment in the parent's books at the
date of acquisition:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
ASSETS
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
Investment in B Ltd - at fair value 10 000 -
Cash and cash equivalents 10 000 10 000
20 000 10 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (20 000/10 000 shares)
20 000
10 000
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position for the A Ltd Group at
28 February 20.5. Assume that A Ltd acquired its interest on that date. B Ltd was
incorporated on 28 February 20.5.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
17
SOLUTION 1
Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital of B Ltd 10 000
Investment in B Ltd
10 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
The group consolidated statement of financial position would now be drafted as follows:
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
ASSETS
R
Cash and cash equivalents (10 000 + 10 000)
20 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital
20 000
EXAMPLE 2
The following example illustrates the elimination of investment in the parent's records a few
years after acquisition:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.9
ASSETS
A Ltd R
B Ltd R
Investment in B Ltd - at fair value (cost price: R10 000) 10 000 - Trade and other receivables 12 000 8 000 Cash and cash equivalents 14 000 10 000
36 000 18 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Share capital - ordinary shares (20 000/10 000 shares) 20 000 10 000 Retained earnings 16 000 8 000
36 000 18 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
18
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the A Ltd Group at
28 February 20.9 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS). Assume that A Ltd acquired its interest on
28 February 20.5 when B Ltd was incorporated.
SOLUTION 2
Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital of B Ltd 10 000 Investment in B Ltd
10 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
A LTD GROUP Consolidated statement of financial position as at 28 February 20.9
ASSETS
R
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (12 000 + 8 000)
20 000 Cash and cash equivalents (14 000 + 10 000)
24 000
Total assets
44 000 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Total equity Share capital
20 000
Retained earnings (16 000 + 8 000)
24 000 Total equity and liabilities
44 000
With reference to the previous two examples, we can deduce the following:
The journal entry for the elimination of the investment and the owners' equity at the date of
acquisition will remain unchanged from one year to the next.
The share capital on the consolidated statement of financial position is always only that of
the parent.
The profits the subsidiary made after the date of acquisition become part of the retained
earnings of the group and are shown as such in the consolidated statements. We will
discuss this principle at greater length in learning unit 4.
The profits the subsidiary made before the date of acquisition cannot form part of the
retained earnings of the group. The parent pays for such profits. We will also take a closer
look at this principle in learning unit 4.
Since the parent obtained its interest in the subsidiary at the date of incorporation (the date
on which the company was established), there could not have been any retained earnings
in the records of B Ltd.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
19
2.2.2 Eliminating intragroup items
It is common practice for companies in the same group to sell inventories and assets to one
another.
The following schematic representation is an example of this:
A Ltd Timber to public
Sells Sells
machine timber
B Ltd Wooden wagons to the public
The actual profit the group made from the sale of goods was the profit made from sales to the
public only, since all the other sales took place within the group. Sales within a group are
known as intragroup sales and therefore have to be eliminated during consolidations.
A Ltd may lend a sum of money or sell an asset to B Ltd. We also have to eliminate these
transactions. In learning unit 7, we will study intragroup transactions in detail.
2.2.3 Consolidating remaining items
Once we have eliminated all common and intragroup items, we can draw up the consolidated
statement of financial position, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated
statement of cash flows. In this module, we expect you to be able to do all relevant pro-forma
consolidation journal entries for consolidation purposes and to draft the consolidated state-
ment of financial position, consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and consolidated statement of changes in equity.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
20
2.3 CONSOLIDATION OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AT THE DATE OF ACQUISITION
We account for all business combinations on the purchase or acquisition method, and this
method involves the following four steps:
identifying the acquirer
determining the acquisition date
recognising and measuring the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree
recognising and measuring goodwill or a gain from a bargain purchase
The following three situations may arise if a parent obtains an interest in a subsidiary:
The price paid by the parent for the interest/investment in the subsidiary is equivalent to the
fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. An acquisition of this kind is known as an
acquisition at net asset value.
The price paid by the parent for the interest is higher than the fair value of assets and
liabilities acquired. This is known as acquisition at a premium. This premium should be
treated as goodwill.
After initial recognition, the parent must measure the goodwill acquired in a business
combination at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. We do not amortise
goodwill. Instead, the parent must test it for impairment annually, or more frequently if
events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired in accordance with
IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.
In this module, we will not be dealing with impairment losses, but will assume the initial cost
price of goodwill to be equal to current fair value.
The price paid by the parent is lower than the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.
This is known as the acquisition of a subsidiary at a discount, which is also referred to as
a gain from a bargain purchase and is recognised at the acquisition date in profit or loss.
For the purpose of this module, note that a gain from a bargain purchase is a possibility
when acquiring a subsidiary. However, we will deal with this in Accounting III modules.
The following examples illustrate the possible situations which could arise:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
21
EXAMPLE 1
Acquisition of a subsidiary at net asset value
The following represent the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its wholly-
owned subsidiary, B Ltd, at 31 December 20.5, which is the date on which A Ltd acquired its
interest in B Ltd.
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.5
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
ASSETS
Investment in B Ltd - at fair value (cost price: R90 000) 90 000 -
Bank 30 000 55 000
Trade and other receivables 60 000 35 000
180 000 90 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) 100 000 50 000
Retained earnings 80 000 40 000
180 000 90 000
SOLUTION 1
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
Total
R
At
R
Since
R
Share capital 50 000
50 000
–
Retained earnings 40 000
40 000
–
90 000
90 000
–
Purchase difference –
–
Consideration 90 000
90 000
–
Therefore, it is clear that the price A Ltd paid for the investment in B Ltd is equal to the
nett assets acquired. (90 000 = 50 000 + 40 000)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
22
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
R
Cr
R
Share capital (B Ltd) 50 000
Retained earnings (B Ltd) 40 000
Investment in B Ltd
90 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at
acquisition
The price paid by A Ltd for the investment in B Ltd is equal to the value of the net assets
acquired. (90 000 = 50 000 + 40 000)
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.5
R
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents (30 000 + 55 000) 85 000
Trade and other receivables (60 000 + 35 000) 95 000
Total assets 180 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 80 000
Total equity 180 000
EXAMPLE 2
Acquisition of a subsidiary at a premium
The following represent the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its wholly-
owned subsidiary B Ltd at 31 December 20.5. This is also the date on which A Ltd acquired
its interest in B Ltd. Note that the information is the same as in the previous example, except
for the investment, which is now R100 000 instead of R90 000.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
23
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.5
ASSETS
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
Investment in B Ltd - at fair value (cost price: R100 000) 100 000 -
Bank 20 000 55 000
Trade and other receivables 60 000 35 000
180 000 90 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares)
100 000
50 000
Retained earnings 80 000 40 000
180 000 90 000
SOLUTION 2
Calculations
1
Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
Total R
At R
Since
R
Share capital 50 000
50 000
–
Retained earnings 40 000
40 000
–
90 000
90 000
–
Equity represented by goodwill ─ parent 10 000
10 000
–
Consideration 100 000
100 000
–
2
Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr R
Cr R
Share capital (B Ltd) 50 000
Retained earnings (B Ltd) 40 000
Goodwill 10 000
Investment in B Ltd
100 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.5
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill
10 000
10 000
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents (20 000 + 55 000)
75 000
Trade and other receivables (60 000 + 35 000)
95 000
170 000
Total assets
180 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
24
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of parent
Share capital
100 000
Retained earnings
80 000
Total equity and liabilities
180 000
COMMENTS
In this example, the parent paid more than the net asset value for its interest in the subsidiary,
which means that a premium (goodwill) was paid at acquisition. Goodwill is regarded as an
intangible asset and should be shown as a non-current asset in the consolidated statement of
financial position. In this module, we determine the goodwill at acquisition only. We are not
concerned with future changes in the value of goodwill, which will be dealt with on third-year level.
According to IFRS 3, the two options for calculating goodwill are as follows:
a) The partial method (the method used in this MO001)
b) The full goodwill method (which uses the non-controlling interest at fair value to determine
goodwill). However, this method will be dealt with later on third-year level.
EXAMPLE 3
Acquisition of a subsidiary at a discount
COMMENTS
This is when the parent pays less than the net asset value for its interest in the subsidiary. We will
deal with this on third-year level.
2.4 EXERCISES
To see whether you are able to apply the content of this learning unit, answer the following
questions. It is important to calculate the answers before looking at the suggested solutions.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
25
QUESTION 1
You receive the following statements of financial position of P Ltd and S Ltd as at 30 June 20.6:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.6
P Ltd
R
S Ltd
R
ASSETS
Investment in S Ltd - 100 000 shares at fair value
(cost price: R145 000)
145 000 -
Current assets 40 000 115 000
185 000 115 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - 100 000 ordinary shares 100 000 100 000
Retained earnings 85 000 15 000
185 000 115 000
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as
at 30 June 20.6 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards; if P Ltd acquired its interest in S Ltd at
30 June 20.6.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
26
QUESTION 2
You receive the following trial balances:
TRIAL BALANCES AT 31 MARCH 20.5
P Ltd
Dr/(Cr)
R
S Ltd
Dr/(Cr)
R
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) (100 000) (50 000)
Retained earnings (80 000) (20 000)
Trade and other receivables 40 000 15 000
Inventories 20 000 35 000
Trade and other payables (15 000) (18 000)
Long-term borrowings (100 000) -
Loan – S Ltd 80 000 -
Investment in S Ltd – 50 000 shares at fair value
(cost price: R80 000)
80 000 -
Loan – P Ltd - (80 000)
Bank 25 000 58 000
Property, plant and equipment 50 000 60 000
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as at
31 March 20.5 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards; if P Ltd acquired its interest in S Ltd at 31 March 20.5.
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
You should have followed the following steps:
Step 1 - determining the percentage interest
Investment in S Ltd
=
100 000 shares
x 100
Ordinary shares of S Ltd 100 000 shares
= 100% (therefore wholly-owned subsidiary)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
27
Note that the interest in S Ltd is determined by the amount of shares held in S Ltd and not
the rand value. You must use 100 000 shares and not R145 000.
Step 2 - Draft the analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd:
Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
Total
R
At
R
Since
R
Share capital 100 000 100 000 -
Retained earnings 15 000 15 000 -
115 000 115 000 -
Equity represented by goodwill - parent 30 000 30 000 -
Consideration 145 000 145 000 -
Step 3 - eliminating all common items
Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital – S Ltd 100 000
Retained earnings – S Ltd 15 000
Goodwill 30 000
Investment in S Ltd
145 000
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Step 4 – drafting the consolidated statement of financial position
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.6
ASSETS R
Non-current assets
Goodwill 30 000
Current assets (40 000 + 115 000) 155 000
Total assets 185 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
28
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 85 000
Total equity and liabilities 185 000
QUESTION 2
You should have followed the following steps:
Step 1 - determining the percentage interest
Investment in S Ltd = 50 000 shares x 100
Ordinary shares of S Ltd 50 000 shares
= 100% (wholly-owned subsidiary)
Step 2 - Draft the analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
Total
R
At
R
Since
R
Share capital 50 000 50 000 -
Retained earnings 20 000 20 000 -
70 000 70 000 -
Equity represented by goodwill - parent 10 000 10 000 -
Consideration 80 000 80 000 -
Step 3 - eliminating all common items
Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
Cr
R
R
Loan – P Ltd 80 000
Loan – S Ltd 80 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
Share capital – S Ltd 50 000
Retained earnings – S Ltd 20 000
Goodwill 10 000
Investment in S Ltd
80 000
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
29
Step 4 - drafting the consolidated statement of financial position
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 MARCH 20.5
31 MARCH 20.5
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (50 000 + 60 000) 110 000
Goodwill 10 000
120 000
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (40 000 + 15 000) 55 000
Inventories (20 000 + 35 000) 55 000
Cash and cash equivalents (25 000 + 58 000) 83 000
193 000
Total assets 313 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 80 000
Total equity 180 000
Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings 100 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (15 000 + 18 000) 33 000
Total liabilities 133 000
Total equity and liabilities 313 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 2
30
COMMENTS
You will note that in our proposed solutions to the assignments, we give the consolidated
statement of financial position followed by the calculations. We will not criticise the format of your
answer, but please ensure that you answer the question in full.
It would be perfectly acceptable to give some of the easier calculations in brackets, as in our
proposed solutions.
Note that this question included intragroup loans. We eliminated both the parent's and subsidiary's
debit and credit loans against each other.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a parent and its wholly-
owned subsidiary at date of acquisition in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards?
calculate intragroup and common items?
calculate goodwill and a gain from a bargain purchase at the acquisition of a
subsidiary?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
31
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
CONSOLIDATION OF A
PARTLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY AT DATE OF
ACQUISITION
LEARNING UNIT 3
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
32
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to consolidate the financial statements of a group of companies at the date of
acquisition if a subsidiary is wholly-owned in accordance with International Financial Reporting Stan-
dards.
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
3.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 33
3.2 CONSOLIDATION OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF A PARTLY-
OWNED SUBSIDIARY AT THE DATE OF ACQUISITION ........................................ 33
3.3 EXERCISES ................................................................................................................. 40
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 46
KEY CONCEPTS
Partly-owned subsidiary
Outside owners
Non-controlling owners
Non-controlling interests (NCI)
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to
calculate the percentage applicable to non-controlling owners
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group with a partly-owned
subsidiary at the date of acquisition in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
33
3.1 INTRODUCTION
In learning unit 2, we dealt only with wholly-owned subsidiaries, in other words, where the
parent has acquired the entire issued share capital of the subsidiary.
However, there may be various reasons why it could be impossible for the parent to take up
all the shares in the subsidiary. Some of the owners may not be prepared to sell their shares
to the parent, or the parent may not have sufficient funds to purchase all the shares. The
other owners of the subsidiary are known as non-controlling or outside owners. Non-
controlling owners may consist of ordinary owners and preference owners. We will deal with
subsidiaries with preference shares in learning unit 9.
3.2 CONSOLIDATION OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF A PARTLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AT THE DATE OF ACQUISITION
The same rules apply for consolidation purposes, except that we now have to make provision
for the non-controlling owners' interest in the profit of the subsidiary.
EXAMPLE
P Ltd
80% of voting rights
20% of voting rights
S Ltd Non-controlling owners
To make provision for the non-controlling owners' interest in the profit of the subsidiary, it is
important to know how to calculate the percentage interest in the subsidiary.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
34
EXAMPLE 1
The following represent the condensed statements of financial position of A Ltd and its subsi-
diary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.6
SOLUTION 1
We calculate the parent's interest in the subsidiary as follows:
Investment in B Ltd =
80 000 shares x 100 = 80%
Issued shares of B Ltd 100 000 shares
Therefore, A Ltd has an 80% interest in B Ltd, and the non-controlling owners of B Ltd only
have a 20% interest in B Ltd.
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in B Ltd
150 000
200 000
– 80 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R90 000) 90 000 -
Current assets 110 000 10 000
350 000 210 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares)
200 000
100 000
Retained earnings 50 000 30 000
Long-term borrowings 100 000 80 000
350 000 210 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
35
EXAMPLE 2
The following represent the condensed statements of financial position of P Ltd and S Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 JULY 20.4
P Ltd
R
S Ltd
R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in S Ltd
150 000
200 000
- 35 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R75 000) 75 000 -
Current assets 125 000 10 000
350 000 210 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares)
200 000
100 000
Retained earnings 50 000 30 000
Long-term borrowings 100 000 80 000
350 000 210 000
SOLUTION 2
We calculate the parent's interest in the subsidiary as follows:
Investment in S Ltd =
35 000 shares x 100 = 70%
Issued shares of S Ltd 50 000 shares
As for wholly-owned subsidiaries, the following three situations may occur when a parent
acquires an interest in a partly-owned subsidiary:
Acquired at net asset value
Acquired at a premium (goodwill)
Acquired at a discount (gain from a bargain purchase)
Examples 3 to 5 below illustrate the three situations that may arise:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
36
EXAMPLE 3
Acquisition of a partly-owned subsidiary at net asset value
The following are the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd,
as at 31 December 20.9, which is the date on which A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd.
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
ASSETS
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
Property, plant and equipment 160 000 160 000
Investment in B Ltd - 56 000 ordinary shares at fair value
(cost price: R98 000)
98 000 –
Trade and other receivables 140 000 110 000
398 000 270 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/80 000 shares) 100 000 80 000
Retained earnings 120 000 60 000
Trade and other payables 178 000 130 000
398 000 270 000
SOLUTION 3
We follow the basic consolidation procedures:
Determine the percentage interest.
Eliminate common items.
Consolidate remaining items.
1. Determining the percentage interest
A Ltd acquired 56 000 shares
B Ltd has 80 000 shares
A Ltd's interest = 56 000
x 100
= 70% 80 000 1
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
37
2. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd at 31 December 20.9
Total
A Ltd 70 % NCI
30 %
At Since
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
R
80 000
60 000
R
56 000
42 000
R
R
24 000
18 000
Purchase difference
140 000
-
98 000
-
42 000
-
Consideration and NCI 140 000 98 000 42 000
COMMENT
In this question, the date of acquisition and the date of consolidation are the same, which is why
the statement of financial position does not include any of the subsidiary's other equity
components since these have been eliminated at acquisition (see pro-forma consolidated journal
entry).
Non-controlling interests are presented as a credit in the statement of financial position, as it
reflects what is owed to the non-controlling owners in terms of their share of the equity.
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
R
Cr
R
NCI#
R
Share capital 80 000
Retained earnings 60 000
Investment in B Ltd
98 000
Non-controlling interests (statement of financial position)
42 000
42 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
42 000
# Please note: We only show this column to reflect the movement of non-controlling interests
(NCI). It is not a journal entry. We will do this in all the exercises that follow.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
38
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (160 000 + 160 000) 320 000
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (140 000 + 110 000) 250 000
Total assets 570 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 120 000
220 000
Non-controlling interests 42 000
Total equity 262 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (178 000 + 130 000) 308 000
Total equity and liabilities 570 000
EXAMPLE 4
Acquisition of a partly-owned subsidiary at a premium (goodwill)
The following are the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its subsidiary,
B Ltd, as at 31 December 20.9, which is the date on which A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd.
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
ASSETS
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
Property, plant and equipment 160 000
160 000
Investment in B Ltd
– 64 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R140 000) 140 000
-
Trade and other receivables 98 000
110 000
398 000
270 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (100 000/80 000 shares) 100 000 80 000
Retained earnings 120 000
60 000
Trade and other payables 178 000
130 000
398 000
270 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
39
SOLUTION 4
Once again, we follow the basic consolidation procedures:
Determine the percentage interest.
Eliminate common items.
Consolidate remaining items.
1. Determine the percentage interest
A Ltd acquired 64 000 shares
B Ltd has 80 000 shares
A Ltd's interest = 64 000
x 100
= 80% 80 000 1
2. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd at 31 December 20.9
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
R
Cr
R
NCI
R
Share capital 80 000
Retained earnings 60 000
Goodwill 28 000
Investment in B Ltd
140 000
Non-controlling interests (statement of financial position)
28 000
28 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
28 000
Total A Ltd 80% NCI
20% At Since
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
R
80 000
60 000
R
64 000
48 000
R
R
16 000
12 000
Equity represented by goodwill – parent
140 000
28 000
112 000
28 000
28 000
–
Consideration and NCI 168 000 140 000 28 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
40
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
20 .9
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (160 000 + 160 000) 320 000
Goodwill 28 000
348 000
0 Current assets
Trade and other receivables (98 000 + 110 000) 208 000
Total assets 556 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 120 000
220 000
Non-controlling interests 28 000
Total equity 248 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (178 000 + 130 000) 308 000
Total equity and liabilities 556 000
EXAMPLE 5
Acquisition of a partly-owned subsidiary at a discount (gain from a bargain purchase)
We will deal with the acquisition of a subsidiary at a discount in detail at third-year level; it
does not form part of this course.
3.3 EXERCISES
We shall now conclude this learning unit with a few revision questions. It is in your own interest
to try to answer these questions by referring to the learning unit before you look at the
proposed solutions.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
41
QUESTION 1
P Ltd acquired its interest in S Ltd on 30 June 20.5. Each share carries one vote. The following
represent the condensed trial balances of P Ltd and S Ltd at 30 June 20.5:
P Ltd S Ltd
R R
Debits
Property, plant and equipment 52 700 133 900
Investment in S Ltd
– 75 000 shares at fair value (cost price: R90 000) 90 000 –
– 10 000 debentures at fair value (cost price: R10 000) 10 000 –
Bank 2 500 –
Inventories 15 800 4 200
171 000 138 100
Credits
Share capital – ordinary shares (150 000/100 000 shares) 150 000 100 000
Retained earnings 12 200 11 300
Debentures (20 000 debentures) – 20 000
Trade and other payables 8 800 1 200
Bank overdraft – 5 600
171 000 138 100
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as at
30 June 20.5 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
42
QUESTION 2
P Ltd acquired 40 000 ordinary shares in S Ltd on 1 January 20.5, and each share carries one
vote.
The following represent the condensed statements of financial position of P Ltd and S Ltd at
1 January 20.5:
P Ltd
R
S Ltd
R ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
103 200
157 300
Unsecured loan to P Ltd
-
20 000
Investment in S Ltd
– 40 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R180 000) 180 000
-
Current assets 44 000
15 500
327 200
192 800
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) 200 000
100 000
Revaluation of land and buildings -
50 000
Retained earnings 95 700
40 000
Long-term borrowing from S Ltd 20 000
–
Current liabilities 11 500 2 800
327 200
192 800
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as at
1 January 20.5 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
43
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
1. Calculate P Ltd's percentage interest in S Ltd
P Ltd acquired 75 000 shares, each carrying one vote.
S Ltd issued 100 000 shares, each carrying one vote.
P Ltd's interest = 75 000
x 100
= 75% 100 000 1
2. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd at 30 June 20.5
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
R
Cr
R
NCI
R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 11 300
Goodwill (b)6 525
Investment in S Ltd
90 000
Non-controlling interests (statement of financial position)
27 825
27 825
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Debentures (S Ltd) 10 000
Investment in debentures (P Ltd) 10 000
Elimination of intragroup balances
27 825(a)
Total P Ltd 75% NCI
25% At Since
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
R
100 000
11 300
R
75 000
8 475
R
R
25 000
2 825
Equity represented by goodwill – parent
111 300
6 525
83 475
6 525(b)
27 825
–
Consideration and NCI 117 825 90 000 27 825(a)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
44
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.5
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (52 700 + 133 900) 186 600
Goodwill (b)6 525
193 125
Current assets
Inventories (15 800 + 4 200) 20 000
Cash and cash equivalents 2 500
22 500
Total assets 215 625
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 150 000
Retained earnings 12 200
162 200
Non-controlling interests (a)27 825
Total equity 190 025
Non-current liabilities
Debentures (20 000﹣10 000) 10 000
10 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (8 800 + 1 200) 10 000
Bank overdraft 5 600
15 600
Total liabilities 25 600
Total equity and liabilities 215 625
COMMENT
Debit and credit bank balances may not be set off against each other upon consolidation.
Therefore, we show the parent's favourable bank balance and the subsidiary's bank overdraft
separately.
The balances can be offset against each other if the company with the favourable balance has
guaranteed the overdraft account, but only if both accounts are at the same bank.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
45
QUESTION 2
1. Calculate P Ltd's percentage interest in S Ltd
P Ltd acquired 40 000 shares, each carrying one vote.
S Ltd issued 50 000 shares, each carrying one vote.
P Ltd's interest = 40 000
x 100
= 80% 50 000 1
2. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd at 1 January 20.5
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entry
Dr
R
Cr
R
NCI
R
Share capital 100 000
Revaluation surplus 50 000
Retained earnings 40 000
Goodwill (a)28 000
Investment in S Ltd
180 000
Non-controlling interests(statement of financial position)
38 000
38 000
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Long-term loan from S Ltd (P Ltd) 20 000
Unsecured loan to P Ltd (S Ltd) 20 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
38 000(b)
Total P Ltd 80% NCI
20% At Since
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
R
100 000
40 000
50 000
R
80 000
32 000
40 000
R
R
20 000
8 000
10 000
Equity represented by goodwill – parent
190 000
28 000
152 000
28 000(a)
38 000
–
Consideration and NCI 218 000 180 000 38 000(b)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 3
46
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 1 JANUARY 20.5
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (103 200 + 157 300) 260 500
Goodwill (a)28 000
288 500
Current assets (44 000 + 15 500) 59 500
Total assets 348 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 95 700
295 700
Non-controlling interests (b)38 000
Total equity 333 700
Current liabilities (11 500 + 2 800) 14 300
Total equity and liabilities 348 000
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
calculate the percentage applicable to non-controlling owners?
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group with a partly-
owned subsidiary at the date of acquisition in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
47
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
CONSOLIDATION OF A
WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY AFTER DATE
OF ACQUISITION
LEARNING UNIT 4
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
48
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to consolidate the financial statements of a group of companies if the interest
in the wholly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in accordance with International Finan-
cial Reporting Standards.
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
4.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 49
4.2 TREATMENT OF GOODWILL ARISING ON ACQUISITION ...................................... 49
4.3 CONSOLIDATION OF A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE DATE OF
ACQUISITION ............................................................................................................. 49
4.4 EXERCISES ................................................................................................................. 59
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 72
KEY CONCEPTS
Post-acquisition profits
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group if the interest in
the wholly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
49
4.1 INTRODUCTION
In learning unit 2, we discussed the consolidation of a wholly-owned subsidiary at the date of
acquisition. In this learning unit, we deal with the compiling of consolidated annual financial
statements at any date after the acquisition of an interest in a subsidiary. We always eliminate
the owners' equity (share capital and other components) of a subsidiary that exist at the
acquisition of the subsidiary against the investment in the subsidiary. It does not form part of
the owners' equity (share capital and other components) of the group. The parent originally
paid for it. Refer to examples 1 to 3 in learning unit 2 if you need to make sure that you un-
derstand the above statement.
Therefore, all the profits the subsidiary makes after the date of acquisition become the profits
of the group and should be included as such in the consolidated statements. All components
of equity of a subsidiary which was formed after the date of acquisition form part of the total
equity of the group.
4.2 TREATMENT OF GOODWILL ARISING ON ACQUISITION
By now, you should be familiar with the term "goodwill". A parent may pay more or less than
the net asset value of the shares acquired with the purchase of the interest in the subsidiary.
This can be attributed to the following:
specific items which have a market value that is higher or lower than the carrying value
(e.g. property or plant)
the value of the undertaking as a whole
The goodwill that a parent pays for when acquiring a subsidiary represents the parent's
anticipation of future economic benefits. We reflect goodwill at cost price for the purposes of this
course. We will deal with future adjustments in value on third year level.
We will also deal further with the alternative option and methods in IFRS 3 regarding the
calculation of goodwill on third-year level.
4.3 CONSOLIDATION OF A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE DATE OF ACQUISITION
Where consolidation takes place at a date after the acquisition of the interest in the sub-
sidiary, we must consolidate both the statements of financial position and the statements of
profit and loss and other comprehensive income of the parent and the subsidiary.
We will still follow the same consolidation procedures:
Eliminate common items.
Eliminate intragroup items.
Consolidate remaining items.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
50
We now turn our attention to a new aspect, namely that we will have to deal with various periods
when analysing the owners' equity of the subsidiary. The following serves as an example of
this:
Suppose A Ltd acquired its 100% interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.1, and you are required to
draft the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20.8. You will
have to divide the analysis of owners' equity into three parts.
Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
Total
R
At
R
Since
R
At acquisition
1 January 20.1
Since acquisition to beginning of current year
2 January 20.1 to 31 December 20.7
Current year
1 January 20.8 to 31 December 20.8
As in the previous learning units, we will deal with the three situations that may arise when a
parent acquire shares in a subsidiary.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
51
EXAMPLE 1
Acquisition of a wholly-owned subsidiary at net asset value
The following are the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its subsidiary,
B Ltd, as at 31 December 20.6:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment 160 000
180 000
Investment in B Ltd
– 80 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R124 000) 124 000
-
Trade and other receivables 114 000
90 000
398 000
270 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (100 000/80 000 shares) 100 000
80 000
Retained earnings 120 000
60 000
Trade and other payables 178 000
130 000
398 000
270 000
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.6. B Ltd's retained earnings amounted to
R44 000 at the time. Assume that the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of B Ltd is
equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
A Ltd
R
B Ltd
R
Profit before tax 35 000 23 000
Income tax expense (11 000) (7 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 24 000 16 000
Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 24 000 16 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
52
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
Share capital Retained
earnings
Total
A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd
R R R R R R
Balance at 1 January 20.6 100 000 80 000 96 000 44 000 196 000 124 000
Changes in equity for 20.6
Total comprehensive income for
the year
Profit for the year 24 000 16 000 24 000 16 000
Balance at 31 December 20.6 100 000 80 000 120 000 60 000 220 000 140 000
Suppose you have to draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated
statement of financial position at 31 December 20.6.
SOLUTION 1
Before you draft these statements, you can do the following:
Analyse the owners' equity in B Ltd.
Do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries.
1. Analysis of owners' equity in B Ltd
At acquisition – 1 Jan
2 .6
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total A Ltd 1 00%
NCI
0% At Since
At acquisition - 1 Jan 20.6
Share capital
Retained earnings
R
80 000
44 000
R
80 000
44 000
R R
-
-
Purchase difference
124 000
-
124 000
-
16 000
-
- Consideration and NCI
124 000
16 000
124 000
-
-
Since acquisition
Current year
Profit for the year
140 000
16 000
-
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
53
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr
R R
Share capital (B Ltd) 80 000
Retained earnings (B Ltd) 44 000
Investment in B Ltd (A Ltd)
124 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
Profit before tax (35 000 + 23 000) 58 000
Income tax expense (11 000 + 7 000) (18 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 40 000
Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 40 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.6
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
R
R
R
Balance at 1 January 20.6 100 000
96 000*
196 000 Changes in equity for 20.6
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year 40 000
40 000
Balance at 31 December 20.6 100 000 136 000
236 000
* Only parent's interest due to the fact that the interest was acquired on 1 January 20.6
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
54
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (160 000 + 180 000) 340 000
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (114 000 + 90 000) 204 000
Total assets 544 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 136 000
Total equity 236 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (178 000 + 130 000) 308 000
Total equity and liabilities 544 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
55
EXAMPLE 2
Acquisition of a wholly-owned subsidiary at a premium
The following are the abridged statements of financial position of A Ltd and its subsidiary,
B Ltd, as at 31 December 20.6:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
ASSETS
A Ltd
R B Ltd
R
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in B Ltd - 80 000 ordinary shares at fair value
(cost price: R148 000)
160 000
148 000
180 000
-
Trade and other receivables 90 000 90 000
398 000 270 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/80 000 shares)
100 000
80 000
Retained earnings 120 000 60 000
Trade and other payables 178 000 130 000
398 000 270 000
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.5, at which time B Ltd's retained earnings
amounted to R26 000. At the date of acquisition, consider the carrying amount of the assets
and liabilities of B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof.
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
A Ltd
R B Ltd
R
Profit from operations 25 000 23 000
Dividends received from subsidiary 10 000 -
Profit before tax 35 000 23 000
Income tax expense (11 000) (7 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Other comprehensive income for the year
24 000
- 16 000
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 24 000 16 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
56
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
Share capital Retained earnings
Total
A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd
R R R R R R
Balance at 1 January 20.6 100 000 80 000 111 000 54 000 211 000 134 000
Changes in equity for 20.6 Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year 24 000 16 000 24 000 16 000
Dividend paid: ordinary (15 000) (10 000) (15 000) (10 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.6 100 000 80 000 120 000 60 000 220 000 140 000
REQUIRED
You are required to draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the
consolidated statement of financial position at 31 December 20.6 in compliance with
the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
57
SOLUTION 2
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition - 1 Jan 20.5
Share capital
Retained earnings
Equity represented by goodwill
- parent
Consideration Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(54 000 31/12/20.5 -
26 000 1/1/20.5)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Dividend paid
Total A Ltd 100%
NCI
0% At Since
R
80 000
26 000
R
80 000
26 000
R R
106 000
42 000
106 000
42 000(1)
28 000(2)
16 000
(10 000)
148 000
28 000
16 000
(10 000)
148 000
182 000
148 000
34 000
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital (B Ltd) 80 000
Retained earnings (B Ltd) 26 000
Goodwill 42 000(1)
Investment in B Ltd (A Ltd)
148 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Dividend received (A Ltd) 10 000(4)
Dividend paid (B Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
58
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
Profit before tax (35 000 – 10 000(4) + 23 000) 48 000
Income tax expense (11 000 + 7 000) (18 000)
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
(3)30 000
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 30 000
Share
capital
R
Retained
earnings
R
Total
R
Balance at 1 January 20.6
Changes in equity for 20.6
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
100 000
139 000#
(3)30 000
239 000
30 000
Dividends paid: ordinary (15 000) (15 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.6 100 000 154 000 254 000
# [111 000 + 28 000(2)]
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
59
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (160 000 + 180 000) 340 000 Goodwill (1)42 000
382 000
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (90 000 + 90 000) 180 000
Total assets 562 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 154 000
Total equity 254 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (178 000 + 130 000) 308 000
Total equity and liabilities 562 000
COMMENT
Note that we eliminate all intragroup transactions. Therefore, we eliminate the dividends the
subsidiary paid to the parent. Consequently, the group's profit before tax will not include the
dividends received from the subsidiary. The dividends in the statement of changes in equity under
retained income will consist of dividends paid by the parent only.
EXAMPLE 3
Acquisition of a wholly-owned subsidiary at a discount
The acquisition of a wholly-owned subsidiary at a discount does not form part of this course
and will be dealt with in detail at third-year level.
4.4 EXERCISES
We conclude this learning unit with a few revision questions. It is important that you work
through these questions carefully while paying special attention to the comments, since by
now you have progressed so far with consolidations that it is easier to point out certain
important principles to you.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
60
QUESTION 1
The following are the trial balances of P Ltd and its subsidiary, S Ltd, at 31 December 20.8:
Credits
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares)
P Ltd
R
100 000
S Ltd
R
50 000
Retained earnings - 1 January 20.8 250 000 130 000
Gross profit 410 000 360 000
Dividends received 30 000 -
Trade and other payables 80 000 60 000
Accumulated depreciation - 31 December 20.8 50 000 30 000
Bank overdraft 30 000 -
950 000 630 000
Debits
Property, plant and equipment at cost price
152 000
100 000
Investment in S Ltd
- 50 000 shares at fair value (cost price: R150 000)
150 000
-
Inventories 180 000 160 000
Trade and other receivables 190 000 80 000
Bank - 68 000
Auditors' remuneration 15 000 12 000
Staff cost 100 000 80 000
Depreciation 15 000 10 000
Taxation for the year 108 000 90 000
Dividends paid 40 000 30 000
950 000 630 000
Additional information
P Ltd acquired its interest in S Ltd on 2 January 20.5, at which date the retained earnings of
S Ltd was R80 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of S Ltd to be
equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position, the consolidated
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the
consolidated statement of changes in equity of the P Ltd Group for the year
ended 31 December 20.8 in compliance with the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
61
QUESTION 2
The following are the trial balances of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd, at 31 December 20.8:
Credits
A Ltd
R B Ltd
R
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) 100 000 50 000
Retained earnings - 1 January 20.8 250 000 130 000
Gross profit 410 000 360 000
Dividends received 30 000 -
Trade and other payables 80 000 60 000
Accumulated depreciation - 31 December 20.8 50 000 30 000
Bank overdraft 30 000 -
950 000 630 000
Debits
Property, plant and equipment at cost price
152 000
100 000
Investment in B Ltd
- 50 000 shares at fair value (cost price: R150 000)
150 000 -
Inventories 180 000 160 000
Trade and other receivables 190 000 80 000
Bank - 68 000
Auditors' remuneration 15 000 12 000
Staff cost 100 000 80 000
Depreciation 15 000 10 000
Taxation for the year 108 000 90 000
Dividends paid 40 000 30 000
950 000 630 000
Additional information
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 2 January 20.5, and at that date the retained earnings of
B Ltd was R80 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of B Ltd to be
equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the A Ltd Group as at
31 December 20.8 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
62
QUESTION 3
The following are the trial balances of J Ltd and its subsidiary, L Ltd, at 31 December 20.8:
Credits
J Ltd
R L Ltd
R
Share capital - ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) 100 000 50 000
Retained earnings - 1 January 20.8 250 000 130 000
Gross profit 410 000 360 000
Dividends received 30 000 -
Trade and other payables 80 000 60 000
Accumulated depreciation - 31 December 20.8 50 000 30 000
Bank overdraft 30 000 -
950 000 630 000
Debits
Property, plant and equipment at cost price
152 000
100 000
Investment in L Ltd
- 50 000 shares at fair value (cost price: R150 000)
150 000
-
Inventories 180 000 160 000
Trade and other receivables 190 000 80 000
Bank - 68 000
Auditors' remuneration 15 000 12 000
Staff cost 100 000 80 000
Depreciation 15 000 10 000
Taxation for the year 108 000 90 000
Dividends paid 40 000 30 000
950 000 630 000
Additional information
J Ltd acquired its interest in L Ltd on 2 January 20.5, at which date the retained earnings of L Ltd
was R80 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of L Ltd to be equal
to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the consolidated statement of changes in equity of the J Ltd
Group for the year ended 31 December 20.8 in compliance with the
requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
63
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.8
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 172 000 [(152 000 + 100 000) - (50 000 + 30 000)]
Goodwill (2)20 000
192 000
Current assets
Inventories (180 000 + 160 000) 340 000 Trade and other receivables (190 000 + 80 000) 270 000 Cash and cash equivalents 68 000
678 000
Total assets 870 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings (3)600 000
Total equity 700 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (80 000 + 60 000) 140 000 Bank overdraft 30 000
Total liabilities 170 000
Total equity and liabilities 870 000
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
Note R
Gross profit (410 000 + 360 000) 770 000
Administrative expenses (15 000 + 12 000 + 15 000 + 10 000
+ 100 000 + 80 000) (232 000)
Profit before tax 1 538 000
Income tax expense (108 000 + 90 000) (198 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Other comprehensive income for the year 340 000
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 340 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
64
P LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
1. Profit before tax
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following: Expenses R Auditors remuneration (15 000 + 12 000) 27 000 Depreciation (15 000 + 10 000) 25 000 Staff cost (100 000 + 80 000) 180 000
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.8
Share capital
R
Retained earnings
R
Total
R
Balance at 1 January 20.8 100 000
300 000#
400 000 Changes in equity for 20.8
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
340 000 340 000
Dividend paid: ordinary
(40 000)
(40 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.8 100 000
(3)600 000
700 000
# (250 000 + 50 000(1))
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
65
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
Total
P Ltd 100% NCI 0% At Since
R R R R
At acquisition – 2 Jan 20.5
Share capital 50 000 50 000
-
Retained earnings 80 000 80 000 -
130 000 130 000 -
Equity represented by goodwill – parent 20 000 20 000(2)
Consideration 150 000 150 000 -
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings 50 000 50 000(1)
(130 000 31/12/20.7 –
80 000 2/1/20.5)
• Current year
Profit for the year (calculation 2) Dividends paid
168 000 (30 000)
168 000 (30 000)
338 000 188 000 -
2. Profit for the year
R
Gross profit 360 000 Auditors' remuneration (12 000) Staff cost (80 000) Depreciation (10 000)
258 000
Taxation for the year (90 000)
168 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
66
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital 50 000
Retained earnings 80 000
Goodwill (2)20 000
Investment in S Ltd
150 000
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Dividends received – P Ltd 30 000
Dividends paid – S Ltd
30 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends
COMMENT
In this example, we divide the analysis of owners' equity into three parts (periods) because we
require the figure for retained earnings for the subsidiary at the beginning of the year in order to
draft the statement of changes in equity.
Note that we eliminated the intragroup item, namely dividends of R30 000 paid by the subsidiary.
Note also that if the parent or a subsidiary has a bank overdraft, we may not deduct it from the
favourable bank balance of another company in the group (even if both companies hold their
accounts at the same bank). We must show both balances separately. The deduction is permitted
only if the company with the favourable balance has guaranteed the overdrawn account.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
67
QUESTION 2
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.8
ASSETS R
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 172 000
[(152 000 + 100 000) - (50 000 + 30 000)]
Goodwill (calculation 1) (2)20 000
192 000
Current assets
Inventories (180 000 + 160 000) 340 000
Trade and other receivables (190 000 + 80 000) 270 000
Cash and cash equivalents 68 000
678 000
Total assets 870 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings [412 000 (calculation 2) - 30 000 (dividend received) 600 000
+ 188 000(1) + 30 000 (dividend paid)]
Total equity 700 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (80 000 + 60 000) 140 000
Bank overdraft 30 000
Total liabilities 170 000
Total equity and liabilities 870 00
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
68
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition ─ 2 Jan 20.5
Share capital
Retained earnings
Equity represented by
goodwill - parent
Consideration Since acquisition
• To end of current year
3 Jan 20.5 to 31 Dec
20.8
Retained earnings
(31/12/20.8)
Profit for the year
Retained earnings
31/12/20.7
Retained earnings
2/1/20.5
Dividend paid
Total
A Ltd 100%
NCI
0% At Since
R
50 000
80 000
R
50 000
80 000
R R
130 000
20 000
130 000
(2)20 000
218 000
(30 000)
150 000
218 000
168 000* 130 000
(80 000)
(30 000)
150 000
338 000 188 000
(1)
* 360 000 - 90 000 - 12 000 - 80 000 - 10 000
2. Retained earnings of A Ltd – 31 December 20.8
R
Gross profit 410 000 Dividends received 30 000 Expenses (130 000)
Auditors' remuneration 15 000 Staff cost 100 000 Depreciation 15 000
310 000 Income tax expense (108 000) Dividends paid (40 000) Retained earnings 1 January 20.8 250 000
412 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
69
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital 50 000
Retained earnings 80 000
Goodwill (2)20 000
Investment in B Ltd
150 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Dividends received – A Ltd 30 000
Dividends paid – B Ltd
30 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends
COMMENT
Since the question merely asked for a consolidated statement of financial position, the analysis of
owners' equity is different from that in question 1. Because we had to do neither the consolidated
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income nor the consolidated statement of
changes in equity, we did not require the figure for retained earnings at the beginning of the year
(see (1) in question 1). Therefore, we can combine the "since acquisition" sections in the analysis
and include all movements in retained earnings for the period since acquisition to the end of the
current year.
Because a complete consolidated statement of changes in equity is no longer available, we should
calculate retained earnings separately, as in calculation 2 (100% holding).
QUESTION 3
J LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
Note R
Gross profit (410 000 + 360 000)
770 000 Administrative expenses (15 000 + 12 000 + 15 000 (232 000) + 10 000 + 100 000 + 80 000)
Profit before tax 1 538 000 Income tax expense (108 000 + 90 000)
(198 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
(2)340 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
340 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
70
J LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
1. Profit before tax
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following:
Expenses R Auditors' remuneration (15 000 + 12 000) 27 000 Depreciation (15 000 + 10 000) 25 000 Staff cost (100 000 + 80 000) 180 000
J LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.8
Share capital
R
Retained earnings
R
Total
R Balance at 1 January 20.8 100 000
300 000#
400 000 Changes in equity for 20.8 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year (2)340 000 340 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(40 000)
(40 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.8 100 000
600 000
700 000
# (250 000 + 50 000(1))
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
71
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of L Ltd
At acquisition – 2 Jan 20.5
Share capital
Retained earnings
.Equity represented by goodwill –
,,parent
Consideration
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(130 000 31/12/20.7 –
80 000 2/1/20.5)
• Current year
Profit for the year (calc 2)
Dividends paid
Total J Ltd 100% NCI
0% At Since
R
50 000
80 000
R
50 000
80 000
R R
-
-
130 000
20 000
130 000
(3)20 000
50 000(1)
168 000
(30 000)
-
150 000
50 000
168 000
(30 000)
150 000 -
338 000 188 000 -
2. Profit for the year
Gross profit 360 000
Auditors' remuneration (12 000)
Staff cost (80 000)
Depreciation (10 000)
258 000
Taxation for the year (90 000)
168 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 4
72
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
R
R
Share capital 50 000 Retained earnings 80 000 Goodwill (3)20 000 Investment in L Ltd
150 000
Elimination of owners' equity of L Ltd at acquisition
Dividends received – J Ltd 30 000 Dividends paid – L Ltd
30 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends
COMMENT
In this question, you are merely expected to draft a consolidated statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income and a consolidated statement of changes in equity. However, you will
notice that the calculations for questions 1 and 3 are very similar.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group if the interest in
the wholly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
73
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
CONSOLIDATION OF A
PARTLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY AFTER DATE
OF ACQUISITION
LEARNING UNIT 5
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
74
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to consolidate the financial statements of a group of companies if the interest
in the partly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards.
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
5.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 75
5.2 CONSOLIDATION OF A PARTLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE DATE OF
ACQUISITION ............................................................................................................. 75
5.3 INTRAGROUP TRANSACTIONS ................................................................................. 81
5.4 EXERCISES ................................................................................................................. 81
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 90
KEY CONCEPTS
Intragroup transactions
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group if the interest in
the partly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
calculate, measure and disclose the goodwill which arises at acquisition
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
75
5.1 INTRODUCTION
In learning unit 3, we introduced you to the consolidation process for a partly-owned subsidiary
at the date of acquisition. In learning unit 4, we went a step further by explaining the conso-
lidation process for a wholly-owned subsidiary after the date of acquisition. In this learning
unit, you will learn about the consolidation process which takes place when a partly-owned
subsidiary is consolidated at a date after acquisition.
We will follow the same basic calculations as in learning unit 4, except that we will always need
to make provision for the non-controlling interest in the profit. You will notice that we disclose
the profit attributable to the non-controlling owners separately in the consolidated statement of
profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of changes in
equity.
5.2 CONSOLIDATION OF A PARTLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE DATE OF ACQUISITION
As mentioned above, the consolidation process remains exactly the same as before, except
for the addition of a separate calculation for non-controlling owners.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
76
EXAMPLE 1
The following represent the abridged financial statements of X Ltd and its subsidiary, Y Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R R
ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 200 000
220 000 Investment in Y Ltd – 30 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R152 500)
152 500 –
Trade and other receivables 50 500
80 000 Bank 27 000
45 000
430 000
345 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (50 000/40 000 shares) 100 000 80 000 Retained earnings 270 000
190 000
Trade and other payables 60 000
75 000
430 000
345 000
X Ltd acquired its interest in Y Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date Y Ltd's retained earnings
amounted to R110 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of Y Ltd to
be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R
R
Gross profit 107 000
105 000 Dividends received from subsidiary 7 500
-
Profit before tax 114 500
105 000 Income tax expense (34 500)
(35 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 80 000
70 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 80 000
70 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
77
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total
X Ltd
Y Ltd
X Ltd Y Ltd
X Ltd Y Ltd
R
R
R R
R R
Balance at 1 January 20.9 100 000
80 000
210 000 130 000
310 000 210 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income
for the year
Profit for the year
80 000 70 000
80 000 70 000
Dividend paid: ordinary
(20 000) (10 000)
(20 000) (10 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 100 000
80 000
270 000 190 000
370 000 270 000
To draft the consolidated financial statements of the X Ltd Group for the year ended
31 December 20.9 we would proceed as follows:
SOLUTION 1
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of Y Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Equity represented by goodwill - parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition • To beginning of current
year
Retained earnings
(130 000 - 110 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Dividends paid
Total
X Ltd 75%*
NCI
25% At Since
R
80 000
110 000
R
60 000
82 500
R R
20 000
27 500
190 000
10 000
142 500
10 000
15 000(2)
52 500
(7 500)
47 500(a)
-
200 000
20 000
70 000
(10 000)
152 500
47 500
5 000(a)
17 500(1)/(b)
(2 500)(c)
280 000
60 000
67 500(3)/(d)
* 30 000 shares ÷ 40 000 shares = 75% interest
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
78
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 80 000
Retained earnings 110 000
Goodwill 10 000
Investment in Y Ltd
152 500
Non-controlling interests
47 500
47 500
Elimination of owners' equity of Y Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 5 000
Non-controlling interests
5 000
5 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in Y Ltd for the period 1/1/20.7 to 31/12/20.8
52 500(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI)* 17 500
Non-controlling interests (SFP)*
17 500
17 500(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Dividends received – X Ltd 7 500
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 2 500
(2 500)(c)
Dividends paid – Y Ltd
10 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-controlling interests in dividend
67 500(d)
* (SCI) = statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
(SFP) = statement of financial position
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (107 000 + 7 500 – 7 500 + 105 000) 212 000 Income tax expense (34 500 + 35 000) (69 500)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 142 500 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 142 500
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (142 500 – 17 500) 125 000 (4) Non-controlling interests 17 500 (1)/(b)
142 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
79
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.9 100 000
225 000#
325 000
52 500(a)
377 500
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year (4)125 000 125 000
17 500(b)
142 500
Dividend paid: ordinary
(20 000)
(20 000)
(2 500)(c)
(22 500)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 100 000
(5)330 000
430 000
67 500(d)
497 500
# (210 000 + 15 000(2))
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (200 000 + 220 000) 420 000
Goodwill 10 000
430 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (50 500 + 80 000) 130 500
Cash and cash equivalents (27 000 + 45 000) 72 000
202 500
Total assets 632 500
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings (5) 330 000
430 000
Non-controlling interests (d)(3) 67 500
Total equity 497 500
Current liabilities Trade and other payables (60 000 + 75 000) 135 000
Total equity and liabilities 632 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
80
COMMENT
Upon consolidation, all the assets, liabilities, profits and losses of a parent and its subsidiaries are
added together. However, the process does not take into account that the non-controlling owners
also have a percentage share. We credit the non-controlling interests in the statement of financial
position to show that it is the portion of equity owed to the non-controlling owners. We reduce the
retained earnings to allocate it to the non-controlling owners by debiting the retained earnings.
Hence:
Dr Retained earnings 5 000
Cr Non-controlling interests 5 000
Likewise, we need to allocate the non-controlling owners' portion of the current year's profit to
them. We credit the non-controlling interests in the statement of financial position to show that it is
the portion of the profit owed to them. We reduce the profit in the statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income to allocate it to the non-controlling owners by debiting profit.
Hence:
Dr Non-controlling interests (SCI) 17 500
Cr Non-controlling interests (SFP) 17 500
At the bottom of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, we can now
allocate the profit between the parent and the non-controlling owners. We include a separate
column for the non-controlling interests' share in equity in the statement of changes in equity.
In the previous learning unit, we eliminated the entire amount of the dividend paid by the
subsidiary against the dividend received by the parent as the subsidiary was wholly-owned. Here,
the subsidiary is partly-owned. To eliminate the dividends, we debit the dividends received by X
Ltd, amounting to R7 500, and credit the dividends paid by Y Ltd, amounting to R10 000. The
balancing figure in the journal is a debit balance of R2 500. We debit non-controlling interests,
thereby reducing the non-controlling interests balance in the statement of financial position, as
they realised a portion of their share in the profit in the form of a dividend received.
Hence:
Dr Dividends received – X Ltd R7 500
Dr Non-controlling interests R2 500
Cr Dividends paid – Y Ltd R10 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
81
5.3 INTRAGROUP TRANSACTIONS
In a previous learning unit, we explained to you that we must exclude profit which arises from
a transaction within the group (where this profit has not been realised in respect of a tran-
saction with a person outside the group) when determining total group profit.
When a parent sells inventories to a subsidiary at a profit and these inventories are still in the
possession of the subsidiary at year-end, this profit has not yet been realised. It is only when
the subsidiary sells the inventories to a person outside the group that the profit is realised. We
will therefore always show inventories in the consolidated statement of financial position at the
original amount for which a member of the group manufactured or purchased the inventories.
Another frequently occurring intragroup transaction is the amounts that are due or payable
between the parent and the subsidiary within the group. We will examine this aspect more
closely in learning unit 7.
5.4 EXERCISES
Work through the following questions and ensure that you fully understand the solutions,
since we will be adding more complicated aspects in the following four learning units.
QUESTION 1
P Ltd acquired 60 000 ordinary shares in S Ltd on 1 March 20.1, at which date the retained
earnings of S Ltd was R12 000.
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of S Ltd to be equal to the fair value
thereof at the date of acquisition,.
The following represent the statements of financial position of P Ltd and S Ltd at
28 February 20.2:
P Ltd
S Ltd
R
R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment 30 600
218 200 Investment in S Ltd
– 60 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R127 200) 127 200
- Current assets 8 600
10 100
166 400
228 300
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (50 000/100 000 shares) 100 000
200 000 Retained earnings 24 500
20 500
Long-term borrowings 30 800
2 200 Current liabilities 11 100
5 600
166 400
228 300
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
82
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as at
28 February 20.2 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards if each share carries one vote.
QUESTION 2
The following are the condensed trial balances of X Ltd and Y Ltd at 31 December 20.6:
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R R
Share capital – ordinary shares (100 000/20 000 shares) 100 000
20 000
Retained earnings – 1 January 20.6 120 000
35 000
Profit before tax 120 000
80 000
Current liabilities 45 000
30 000
Accumulated depreciation on property, plant and equipment 20 000
40 000
405 000
205 000
Property, plant and equipment 263 000 117 000
Investment in Y Ltd at fair value
– 16 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R33 600) 33 600 -
Taxation for the year 42 000
28 000
Current assets 66 400
60 000
405 000
205 000
Additional information
X Ltd acquired its interest in Y Ltd on 1 January 20.5, at which date the retained earnings of
Y Ltd amounted to R22 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of Y Ltd
to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position, consolidated statement
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and consolidated statement
of changes in equity of the X Ltd Group for the year ended
31 December 20.6 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
83
QUESTION 3
The following are the abridged statements of M Ltd and N Ltd for the year ended 30 June 20.8:
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.8
M Ltd
N Ltd
R R Profit before tax 90 000
70 000
Income tax expense (32 000)
(35 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 58 000
35 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 58 000
35 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.8
Share capital Retained earnings Total
M Ltd
R
N Ltd R
M Ltd
R
N Ltd R
M Ltd
R
N Ltd R
Balance at 1 July 20.7 100 000
80 000
56 000
54 000
156 000
134 000 Changes in equity for 20.8
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
58 000
35 000
58 000
35 000
Dividend paid: ordinary
(5 000)
-
(5 000)
- Balance at 30 June 20.8 100 000
80 000
109 000
89 000
209 000
169 000
Additional information
M Ltd acquired a 70% interest in N Ltd on 17 July 20.2. At that date, the retained earnings of
N Ltd was R10 000. There was no goodwill at the date of acquisition. Consider the carrying
amount of the assets and liabilities of N Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of
acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the consolidated statement of changes in equity of the M Ltd
Group for the year ended 30 June 20.8 in compliance with the requirements
of International Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
84
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.2
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (30 600 + 218 200) 248 800 Current assets (8 600 + 10 100) 18 700
Total assets 267 500
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings (24 500 + 5 100(1)) 29 600
129 600
Non-controlling interests(2)/(a) 88 200
Total equity 217 800
Non-current liabilities Long-term borrowings (30 800 + 2 200) 33 000 Current liabilities (11 100 + 5 600) 16 700
Total liabilities 49 700
Total equity and liabilities 267 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
85
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital Retained earnings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
To end of the current year
Retained earnings
(20 500 - 12 000)
Total
P Ltd 60%* NCI
40% At Since
R
200 000 12 000
R
120 000 7 200
R R
80 000 4 800
212 000
-
127 200
-
5 100
84 800
-
212 000
8 500
127 200
84 800
3 400
220 500
5 100(1)
88 200(2)
* 60 000 X 100 = 60% 100 000 1
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 12 000
Investment in S Ltd
127 200
Non-controlling interests
84 800
84 800
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 3 400
Non-controlling interests
3 400
3 400
Recording of non-controlling interests in S Ltd for the period 1/3/20.1 to 28/2/20.2
(a) 88 200
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
86
QUESTION 2
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment [(263 000 + 117 000) - (20 000 +
40 000)] 320 000
Current assets (66 400 + 60 000) 126 400
Total assets 446 400
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings (4) 250 000
350 000
Non-controlling interests (3)/(c) 21 400
Total equity 371 400
Current liabilities (45 000 + 30 000) 75 000
Total equity and liabilities 446 400
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.6
R
Profit before tax (120 000 + 80 000) 200 000 Income tax expense (42 000 + 28 000) (70 000) PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 130 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 130 000 Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (130 000 - 10 400) 119 600 Non-controlling interests (1)/(b) 10 400
130 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
87
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.6
Share
capital
R
Retained
earnings
R
Total
R
Non-
controlling
interests
R
Total
equity
R
Balance at 1 January 20.6 100 000
130 400#
230 400
11 000(a)
241 400
Changes in equity for 20.6
Total comprehensive income
for the year
Profit for the year 119 600 119 600 10 400(b) 130 000
Balance at 31 December 20.6 100 000
250 000(4)
350 000
21 400(c)
371 400
# 120 000 + 10 400(2)
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of Y Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of
current year
Retained earnings
(35 000 - 22 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Total
X Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
20 000
22 000
R
16 000
17 600
R R
4 000
4 400
42 000
-
33 600
-
10 400(2)
41 600
8 400
2 600
10 400(1)
42 000
13 000
52 000
33 600
80 000
(28 000)
107 000 52 000 21 400(3)/(c)
* ( 16 000 X 100 ) = 80%
20 000 1
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
88
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 20 000
Retained earnings 22 000
Investment in Y Ltd
33 600
Non-controlling interests
8 400
8 400
Elimination of owners' equity of Y Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 2 600
Non-controlling interests
2 600
2 600
Recording of non-controlling interests in Y Ltd for the period 1/1/20.5 to 31/12/20.5
(a) 11 000 Non-controlling interests (SCI)* 10 400
Non-controlling interests (SFP)*
10 400 (b) 10 400
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
(c) 21 400
* (SCI) = consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
(SFP) = statement of financial position
QUESTION 3
M LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.8
R
Profit before tax (90 000 + 70 000) 160 000 Income tax expense (32 000 + 35 000) (67 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 93 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 93 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (93 000 - 10 500) 82 500 Non-controlling interests (b) 10 500
93 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
89
M LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 20.8
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
R R R
R R Balance at 1 July 20.7 100 000
86 800#
186 800
40 200(a)
227 000
Changes in equity for 20.8 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 82 500 82 500
10 500(b) 93 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(5 000)
(5 000)
-
(5 000)
Balance at 30 June 20.8 100 000
164 300
264 300
50 700(c)
315 000
# (56 000 + 30 800(d))
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of N Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(54 000 - 10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total
M Ltd 70 %
NCI
30 % At Since
R
80 000
10 000
R
56 000
7 000
R R
24 000
3 000
90 000
-
90 000
44 000
35 000
63 000
-
30 800(d)
24 500
27 000(a)
-
63 000
27 000
13 200(a)
10 500(b)
169 000
55 300
50 700(c)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 5
90
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 80 000
Retained earnings 10 000
Investment in N Ltd
63 000
Non-controlling interests
27 000
27 000
Elimination of owners' equity of N Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 13 200
Non-controlling interests
13 200
13 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in N Ltd for the period 17/7/20.2 to 30/6/20.7
(a) 40 200 Non-controlling interests (SCI) 10 500
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
10 500 (b) 10 500
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit for the year
50 700
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group if the
interest in the partly-owned subsidiary was acquired a few years ago in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
calculate, measure and disclose the goodwill which arises at acquisition?
91
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
ACQUISITION OF AN
INTEREST IN A
SUBSIDIARY DURING THE
YEAR
LEARNING UNIT 6
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
92
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to consolidate the financial statements of a group of companies where the
interest in a subsidiary was acquired on a date other than at the end of the financial year in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
6.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 93
6.2 APPORTIONMENT OF ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...................................................................... 93
6.3 APPORTIONMENT OF ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY ..... 93
6.4 PRESENTATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND THE CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY ................................................................. 94
6.5 EFFECTIVE DATE OF ACQUISITION ......................................................................... 99
6.6 EXERCISE .................................................................................................................. 100
SELF-ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 106
KEY CONCEPTS
Effective date
Apportion
Pre-acquisition period
Post-acquisition period
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
93
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
allocate the profit of the subsidiary in the year of acquisition between pre- and
post-acquisition
draft the consolidated financial statements where the interest in a subsidiary
was acquired on a date other than at the end of the financial year in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
6.1 INTRODUCTION
In the preceding learning units, the date of acquisition of an interest in a subsidiary has
always been the first day of the subsidiary's accounting period. In practice, the effective date
on which the delivery of shares takes place very rarely coincides with the end of a financial
year. The purchase of an interest in a subsidiary at a date other than the accounting date is
known as the interim acquisition of a subsidiary. We therefore need to allocate items in the
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (to pre- and post-acquisition date
periods) to determine the amount of retained earnings at the effective date of acquisition,
which is a prerequisite for determining the goodwill at the date of acquisition.
6.2 APPORTIONMENT OF ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
If it is not practicable to apportion the profit or loss of the subsidiary for any financial year with
reference to the facts, we may treat it as if it accrued evenly from day to day during the year
and apportion it accordingly.
We must examine income and expenditure items individually to determine the basis on which
we should apportion each item between the period before acquisition and the period since
acquisition.
6.3 APPORTIONMENT OF ITEMS IN THE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
We must account for preference dividends in respect of issued preference shares of the sub-
sidiary on a time basis, even if it has not been declared.
Declared ordinary dividends are year-end items by nature and fall in the post-acquisition
period.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
94
6.4 PRESENTATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND THE CON-SOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
The first step in preparing the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
during the current financial year is to apportion the income and expenditure of the current year
between pre- and post-acquisition periods. Once we have done this, we can draw up the
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the
consolidated statement of changes in equity using one of two methods.
In this module, we will only deal with the first method, where only the post-acquisition profits
are included in the operating profit.
EXAMPLE 1
The following are the trial balances of Sandy Ltd and South Ltd for the year ended
31 December 20.2:
Sandy
Ltd
R
South
Ltd
R
Share capital - ordinary shares (800 000/355 000 shares) (800 000) (355 000)
Retained earnings - 1 January 20.2 (480 000) (120 000)
Gross profit (422 700) (166 200)
Dividends received - 31 December 20.2 (23 800) -
Auditors' remuneration 8 500 5 000
Depreciation 102 000 42 000
Staff costs 95 000 35 000
Interest paid on bank overdraft 3 800 -
Income tax expense 12 000 4 200
Dividends declared and paid - 31 December 20.2 80 000 34 000
Property, plant and equipment at carrying amount 861 600 426 200
Investment in South Ltd at fair value
- 248 500 shares purchased on 1 July 20.2
364 700
-
(cost price: R364 700)
Cash at bank 126 700 51 800
Inventory 72 200 43 000
Additional information
South Ltd became a subsidiary of Sandy Ltd on 1 July 20.2. The profit of South Ltd was earned
evenly throughout the year. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of South
Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition, with the exception of land
and building. The excess of the purchase price over the net carrying amount of the assets at
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
95
the date of acquisition was due to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair
value of the land and buildings.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the consolidated statement of changes in equity of the Sandy
Ltd Group for the year ended 31 December 20.2 in compliance with the
requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards. Do all
calculations to the nearest rand.
SOLUTION 1
SANDY LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.2
Notes
R
Gross profit
505 800
[422 700 + (166 200/12 x 6)]
Administrative expenses
(246 500)
[102 000 + (42 000/12 x 6)] + [95 000 +
(35 000/12 x 6)] + [8 500 + (5 000/12 x 6)]
Finance costs
(3 800)
Profit before tax 1
255 500
Income tax expense [12 000 + (4 200/12 x 6)]
(14 100)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
241 400 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
241 400
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (241 400 − 12 000)
229 400 Non-controlling interests
(b)12 000
241 400
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
96
SANDY LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.2
1. Profit before tax
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following: R Expenses
Auditors' remuneration (8 500 + 2 500) 11 000 Depreciation (102 000 + 21 000) 123 000 Staff costs (95 000 + 17 500) 112 500
SANDY LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.2
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
R R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.2 800 000
480 000
1 280 000
–
1 280 000
Changes in equity for 20.2
Equity on date of acquisition 156 300(a) 156 300 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 229 400 229 400
12 000(b) 241 400 Dividend paid: ordinary
(80 000)
(80 000)
(10 200)(c)
(90 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.2
800 000
629 400
1 429 400
158 100(d)
1 587 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
97
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of South Ltd
At acquisition Share capital Retained earnings
(1/1/20.2)
Retained earnings (1/1/20.2 – 1/7/20.2)
Revaluation of land and buildings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition Current year
Profit for the year
Dividends
Total
Sandy Ltd 70 %(1)
NCI
30%
At Since
R
355 000 120 000
40 000(2)
6 000(4)
R
248 500
84 000
28 000
4 200(3)
R
28 000
(23 800)
R
106 500 36 000
12 000
1 800
521 000
-
364 700
-
156 300(a)
-
521 000
40 000(5)
(34 000)
364 700
156 300
12 000(b)
(10 200)(c)
527 000
4 200
158 100(d)
(1) 248 500/355 000 x 100 = 70% (2) Refer to calculation 2. (3) 364 700 - 248 500 - 84 000 - 28 000 = 4 200 (balancing figure) (4) 4 200/70% = 6 000 (2) Refer to calculation 3.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
98
2. Allocation of items in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
kjlkjlkjincome
Total 1/1/20.2
to 1/7/20.2
to
30/6/20.2 31/12/20.2
R R R
Gross profit 166 200 83 100 83 100 Auditors' remuneration (5 000) (2 500) (2 500) Depreciation (42 000) (21 000) (21 000) Staff costs (35 000) (17 500) (17 500) Income tax (4 200) (2 100) (2 100)
Profit earned throughout the year 80 000 40 000(2) 40 000(5)
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 355 000
Revaluation surplus 6 000
Retained earnings (120 000 + 40 000(2)) 160 000
Investment in South Ltd
364 700
Non-controlling interests
156 300 (a) 156 300
Elimination of owners' equity of South Ltd at acquisition
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 12 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
12 000 (b) 12 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Dividends received – Sandy Ltd 23 800
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 10 200
(c) (10 200)
Dividends paid – South Ltd
34 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-controlling interests in dividend
(d) 158 100
According to the alternative method, we include both the pre- and post-acquisition profits after
tax of the subsidiary in the profit after tax for the year. Thereafter, we deduct the profit
earned by the subsidiary before acquisition of the controlling interest in order to determine
the profit of the group for the year. You will not be tested on this method in FAC2602.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
99
6.5 EFFECTIVE DATE OF ACQUISITION
The date of acquisition is the date on which control over the net assets and operations of the
subsidiary is effectively transferred to the parent. In practice, there must be certainty as to the
date of acquisition as this is the date from which the results of the subsidiary must be included
in the group annual financial statements. The following are possible dates to consider for the
date of acquisition:
the date on which substantial agreement is reached
the date on which control over the net assets and activities of the subsidiary is transferred
to the parent
the date of signing of the agreement
the date specified in the agreement
the date of payment of the purchase consideration
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
100
6.6 EXERCISE
QUESTION 1
West Ltd became a subsidiary of East Ltd on 1 January 20.2. Consider the carrying amount
of the assets and liabilities of West Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of
acquisition.
The following are the trial balances of East Ltd and West Ltd for the year ended
30 September 20.2:
East
West
Ltd
Ltd
R
R
Credits
Share capital – ordinary shares (75 000/125 000 shares) 75 000
1 250 –12% preference shares (20 000 shares) 20 000
–
6% Debentures 100 000
45 000 Retained earnings – 1 October 20.1 800 000
305 000
Sales 607 000
428 250 Interest received –
2 400
Dividends received 3 750
– Trade and other payables 8 300
47 840
Dividends payable 10 000
– Bank 4 000
–
Accumulated depreciation 53 500
22 950 Long-term borrowing – Bank Ltd –
105 000
1 681 550
1 081 440
Debits
Property, plant and equipment 481 100
452 000 Cost of sales 390 000
285 500
Administrative expenses 65 000
47 000 Depreciation 15 500
2 300
Interest paid – debentures 4 500
2 700 Income tax at 28% 36 960
20 202
Trade and other receivables 314 037
208 738 Bank –
18 000
Dividends paid 15 000
5 000 Dividends declared – 30 September 20.2 10 000
–
Investment in West Ltd (75% equity) at fair value 349 453
– (cost price: R349 453) Investment in South Ltd – 6% debentures at fair value –
40 000
(cost price: R40 000)
1 681 550
1 081 440
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
101
Additional information
1. West Ltd applied for a loan at Bank Ltd on 1 July 20.1. Bank Ltd granted the loan at an
interest rate of 20% per annum for a period of five years. The interest for the year ended
30 September 20.2 has not been recorded yet and is payable on 1 October 20.2. Capital
repayment will only start in 20.4.
2. The sales of West Ltd are seasonal. 60% of the sales occurred during the first six months
of the financial year. The remaining amount of the sales figure was earned evenly spread
over the rest of the financial year. West Ltd maintains a gross profit percentage of 50%
on the cost price. All other income and expenditure were received and spent evenly
throughout the year. Income tax must be apportioned according to the profit before tax for
that period.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the East Ltd Group for
the year ended 30 September 20.2 in compliance with the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Do all calculations to the
nearest rand.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
102
SOLUTION 1
QUESTION 1
EAST LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 20.2
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment 856 650
(481 100 + 452 000 - 53 500 - 22 950)
Goodwill 13 358 Investment in South Ltd – 6% debentures at fair value 40 000
910 008
Current assets Trade and other receivables (314 037 + 208 738) 522 775
Cash and cash equivalents 18 000
540 775
Total assets 1 450 783
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital (75 000 + 20 000)
95 000 Retained earnings(e)
893 907
988 907
Non-controlling interests(d)
119 236
Total equity
1 108 143
Non-current liabilities
6% Debentures (100 000 + 45 000)
145 000 Long-term borrowing
105 000
250 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (8 300 + 47 840 + 21 000(f) + 1 500(g))
78 640
Dividends payable
10 000 Bank overdraft
4 000
92 640
Total liabilities
342 640
Total equity and liabilities
1 450 783
(f) R105 000 loan x 20% = R21 000 (g) R100 000 debentures x 6% = R6 000
.In trial balance = R4 500
.Additional provision = R6 000 - R4 500 = R1 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
103
EAST LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 20.2
Notes R
Revenue (607 000 + 299 775(2))
906 775
Cost of sales (390 000 + 199 850)
(589 850)
Gross profit
316 925 Other income(7)
1 800
Administrative expenses (15 500 + 1 725(5) + 65 000 + 35 250(4))
(117 475) Finance cost (4 500(g) + 1 500(g) + 17 775(6))
(23 775)
Profit before tax 1 177 475 Income tax expense (36 960 + 13 153(8))
(50 113)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
127 362 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
127 362
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
- Owners of the parent (127 362 - 8 455)
118 907
- Non-controlling interests
b)8 455
127 362
EAST LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 20.2
1. Profit before tax
R
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following: Income
Income from investment(7) 1 800 Expenses
Depreciation (15 500 + 1 725(5)) 17 225
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
104
EAST LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 SEPTEMBER 20.2
Ordi-nary share capital
12% prefe-rence share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R R
R R Balance at 1 October 20.1
75 000
20 000
800 000 895 000
–
895 000
Changes in equity for 20.2
Equity on date of acquisition 112 031(a)
112 031 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
118 907 118 907
8 455(b)
127 362 Dividend declared: ordinary (10 000) (10 000) – (10 000) Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000) (15 000)
(1 250)
(c)
(16 250)
Balance at 30 September 20.2
75 000
20 000
893 907(e)
988 907
119 236(d)
1 108 143
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of West Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings 1/10/20.1
Retained earnings
Equity represented by goodwill
jjj- parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition to end of the current year
Profit for the year
Dividends
Total
East Ltd 75%(1)
NCI 25% At Since
R
125 000
305 000
18 126(9)
R
93 750
228 750
13 595
R R
31 250
76 250
4 531
448 126
13 358
336 095
13 358
25 367
(3 750)
112 031(a)
-
461 484
33 822(10)
(5 000)
349 453
112 031
8 455(b)
(1 250)(c)
490 306 21 617 119 236(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
105
2. Allocation of items in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
hjhkjhincome
Total
1/10/20.1
1/1/20.2
to to
31/12/20.1
30/9/20.2
R
R
R
Sales 428 250 (2) 128 475 (2) 299 775
Cost of sales (285 500)
(85 650)
(199 850)
Gross profit 33,3% (50/150) 142 750 (3) 42 825 (3) 99 925
Administrative expenses (47 000) (4) (11 750) (4) (35 250)
Depreciation (2 300) (5) (575) (5) (1 725)
Profit from operations 93 450
30 500
62 950
Finance costs (2 700 + 21 000 (f)) (23 700) (6) (5 925) (6) (17 775)
Income from investments 2 400 (7) 600 (7) 1 800
Profit before tax 72 150
25 175
46 975
Income tax expense (20 202) (8) (7 049) (8) (13 153)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 51 948 (9) 18 126 (10) 33 822
(1) 75% equity (given) (2) Sales
R428 250 x 60% = R256 950 for the first six months
for the first three months = R256 950/2 = R128 475
for the remaining nine months = R428 250 - R128 475 = R299 775 (3) Gross profit
R128 475 x 50/150 = R42 825
R299 775 x 50/150 = R99 925 (4) Administrative expenses
R47 000 x 3/12 = R11 750
R47 000 x 9/12 = R35 250 (5) Depreciation
R2 300 x 3/12 = R575
R2 300 x 9/12 = R1 725 (6) Finance costs
(R21 000 + R2 700) x 3/12 = R5 925
(R21 000 + R2 700) x 9/12 = R17 775 (7) Income from investments
R2 400 x 3/12 = R600
R2 400 x 9/12 = R1 800
(8) Income tax expense
R25 175 x 28% = R7 049
R46 975 x 28% = R13 153
FAC2602 / Learning unit 6
106
3. Entry in the financial records of West Ltd
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Interest paid on long-term borrowings 21 000
Trade and other payables
21 000
4. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Share capital 125 000 Retained earnings (305 000 + 18 126 (a)) 323 126
Goodwill 13 358 Investment in West Ltd
349 453
Non-controlling interests
112 031 (a) 112 031
Elimination of owners' equity of West Ltd at acquisition
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 8 455 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
8 455 (b) 8 455
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Dividends received – East Ltd 3 750 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 1 250
(c) (1 250)
Dividends paid – West Ltd
5 000 Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of
non-controlling interests in dividends
(d) 119 236
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
allocate the profit of the subsidiary in the year of acquisition between, at
and since acquisition?
draft the consolidated annual financial statements where the interest in a
subsidiary was acquired on a date other than at the end of the financial
year in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
107
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
ELIMINATION OF
INTRAGROUP
TRANSACTIONS
LEARNING UNIT 7
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
108
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to eliminate intragroup transactions in consolidated financial statements of
companies according to International Financial Reporting Standards.
OVERVIEW
The study unit is divided into the following:
7.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 109
7.2 INTRAGROUP BILLS OF EXCHANGE AND BANK OVERDRAFTS ........................ 109
7.3 REVALUATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT ................................... 110
7.4 UNREALISED PROFIT IN TRADING INVENTORIES ................................................ 117
7.5 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT HELD BY COMPANIES IN THE GROUP . 128
7.6 EXERCISES ............................................................................................................... 151
SELF-ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 161
KEY CONCEPTS
Intragroup bills of exchange
Discounting of bills of exchange
Property, plant and equipment
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
109
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
record intragroup bills of exchange and bank overdrafts correctly in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies
determine the surplus when revaluing property in respect of an interest in a
subsidiary at acquisition
calculate the unrealised profit effect in trading inventories in both the parent and
the subsidiary
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group if the sale of
property, plant and equipment or inventory have taken place between
companies in the group in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards
7.1 INTRODUCTION
In the preceding learning units, we introduced you to the basic consolidation process for
wholly and partly-owned subsidiaries.
In this learning unit, we deal mainly with other intragroup transactions that take place in
groups and therefore have to be eliminated for consolidation purposes. We will deal with
trading inventories as well as the property, plant and equipment held in a group.
We would like to emphasise that we do not deal with taxation on unrealised intragroup
profits or losses in this module.
7.2 INTRAGROUP BILLS OF EXCHANGE AND BANK OVERDRAFTS
A bill of exchange is a negotiable document. It is a written instruction directed by one person to
another instructing that person to pay, upon demand, a certain sum of money to the person
nominated in the bill of exchange.
For example:
Bill no. 111 30/10/20.8
To: P Ltd Amount: R2 000
Pay the amount of R2 000 to S Ltd on 30/11/20.8.
S Ltd would treat it as a bill receivable in their records, while P Ltd would show it as a bill
payable. Upon consolidation, the subsidiary's bill receivable would be offset against the bill
payable in P Ltd's records. From a group perspective, the group cannot enter into a
transaction with itself.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
110
S Ltd could have converted the bill into cash before 30/11/20.8 by selling it to a financial
institution. This type of transaction is known as discounting.
On consolidation, we may only offset the bank overdraft of one company in the group against
the favourable bank balance of another company if:
both companies have their accounts at the same bank; and
the company with the favourable balance has guaranteed the overdraft of the other
company; or
the bank itself would offset the two amounts against each other in terms of an agreement
between the two companies and the bank.
7.3 REVALUATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The assets of a subsidiary could be revalued at the date of acquisition of the interest if the
carrying amounts and market values of the assets differ.
The following two situations may arise:
The subsidiary's assets may be revalued merely for the purposes of determining the
purchase price, without a journal entry being made in the subsidiary's financial records.
The assets of the subsidiary may be revalued in order to determine the purchase price,
and an adjustment is subsequently made in the subsidiary's financial records.
The revaluation of assets may lead to capital gains tax, which is ignored for the purposes of
this module.
We will use the following two questions as examples to explain the two situations to you:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
111
QUESTION 1
A Ltd acquired 80 000 shares in B Ltd on 1 July 20.1. Each share carries one vote. At that
date, the land and buildings belonging to B Ltd were valued at R200 000. No adjustment was
made in the financial records of B Ltd.
The retained earnings was R46 000. At 30 June 20.4, the trial balances of A Ltd and B Ltd
were as follows:
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
Credits
Share capital – ordinary shares (300 000/100 000 shares) 300 000
100 000
Retained earnings 121 000
92 000
Long-term borrowings – C Ltd 140 000
–
– A Ltd –
80 000
Current liabilities 15 000
66 000
576 000
338 000
Debits
Land and buildings at cost price 250 000 140 000
Investment in B Ltd at fair value (cost price: R164 800) 164 800
–
Loan – B Ltd 80 000
–
Current assets 81 200
198 000
576 000
338 000
Additional information
1. Consider the carrying amount of all the other assets and liabilities of B Ltd to be equal to
the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the A Ltd Group as at
30 June 20.4 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
112
SOLUTION 1
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.4
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (250 000 + 200 000) 450 000
Current assets (81 200 + 198 000) 279 200
Total assets 729 200
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 300 000
Retained earnings (121 000 + 36 800(b)) 157 800
457 800
Non-controlling interests(a) 50 400
Total equity 508 200
Non-current liabilities Long-term borrowings 140 000 Current liabilities (15 000 + 66 000) 81 000
Total liabilities 221 000
Total equity and liabilities 729 200
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
113
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
(200 000 - 140 000)
Purchase difference Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
to end of the current year
Retained earnings
(92 000 - 46 000)
Total
A Ltd 80 %*
NCI 20 % At Since
R
100 000
46 000
60 000
R
80 000
36 800
48 000
R R
20 000
9 200
12 000
206 000
-
164 800
-
36 800
41 200
-
206 000
46 000
164 800
41 200
9 200
252 000 36 800(b)
50 400(a)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
2. Entry in the separate financial records of B Ltd
Per the information, B Ltd has not yet included this in their financial records:
Dr Cr
R R
Land and buildings 60 000
Revaluation surplus
60 000
Revaluation of land and buildings
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
114
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 46 000
Revaluation surplus 60 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
164 800
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
41 200 41 200
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 9 200
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
9 200 9 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in
B Ltd for the period 1 July 20.1 to 30 June 20.4
Loan – A Ltd 80 000
Loan – B Ltd
80 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
50 400(a)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
115
QUESTION 2
P Ltd acquired a 70% interest in S Ltd at 1 May 20.2. Each share carries one vote. At the
date of acquisition, P Ltd valued the land and buildings belonging to S Ltd with the carrying
amount of R200 000 at R300 000. It is company policy to value the land and buildings
belonging to S Ltd every second year at 31 August. At the date of acquisition, the retained
earnings of S Ltd was R20 000.
The following represent the condensed trial balances of P Ltd and S Ltd at 31 December
20.6:
P Ltd S Ltd
R R
Credits
Share capital – ordinary shares (20 000/16 000 shares) 100 000 80 000
Retained earnings 160 000 40 000
Long-term borrowing – P Ltd – 100 000
Current liabilities 140 000 20 000
Revaluation of land and buildings 100 000 150 000
500 000 390 000
Debits
Land and buildings at valuation 200 000 350 000
Investment in S Ltd at fair value (cost price: R140 000) 140 000 –
Unsecured loan – S Ltd 100 000 –
Current assets 60 000 40 000
500 000 390 000
Additional information
Consider the carrying amount of all the other assets and liabilities of S Ltd to be equal to the
fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the P Ltd Group as at
31 December 20.6 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
116
SOLUTION 2
P LTD GROUP CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (200 000 + 350 000) 550 000 Current assets (60 000 + 40 000) 100 000
Total assets 650 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 100 000 Other components of equity (100 000 + 35 000(1)) 135 000 Retained earnings (160 000 + 14 000(2)) 174 000
409 000
Non-controlling interests(3)/(a) 81 000
Total equity 490 000
Current liabilities (140 000 + 20 000) 160 000
Total equity and liabilities 650 000
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
(300 000 - 200 000)
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition To end of the current year
Retained earnings (40 000 - 20 000)
Revaluation surplus
(150 000 - 100 000)
Total
P Ltd 70%
NCI
30% At Since
R
80 000
20 000
100 000
R
56 000
14 000
70 000
R R
24 000
6 000
30 000
200 000
-
140 000
-
14 000 RE
35 000 OCE
60 000
-
200 000
20 000
50 000
140 000
60 000
6 000
15 000
270 000 14 000(2) RE 35 000(1) OCE
81 000(3)
RE = retained earnings
OCE = other components of equity
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
117
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 80 000
Retained earnings 20 000
Revaluation surplus 100 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in S Ltd
140 000
Non-controlling interests
60 000
60 000
Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 6 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
6 000
6 000 Recording of non-controlling interests in S Ltd for the period 1 May 20.2 to 31 December 20.6
Revaluation surplus 15 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
15 000
15 000 Recording of non-controlling interests in the revaluation surplus of S Ltd for the period
1 May 20.2 to 31 December 20.6
Loan – P Ltd 100 000
Loan – S Ltd
100 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
81 000(a)
7.4 UNREALISED PROFIT IN TRADING INVENTORIES
As mentioned previously, the purpose of consolidated annual financial statements is to offer
annual financial statements after the elimination of all intragroup transactions.
We should eliminate those profits or losses on transactions within the group, as the group is
regarded as one economic entity and will not enter into transactions with itself.
P Ltd S Ltd X Ltd
Suppose P Ltd sells inventories to S Ltd at a cost price of R1 000 plus 20% profit. S Ltd packs
the inventories and sells them to X Ltd, a company outside the group, at R1 500.
The following situation may arise from this scenario:
All the inventories have been sold to X Ltd by the end of the year. There will be no
change to the consolidated annual statements as the profit is actually realised by selling it
to a company outside the group.
If no inventories have been sold to X Ltd, we should eliminate the unrealised profit
of R200 (20% x R1 000) as the profit has not yet realised outside the group. The
inventory of S Ltd and P Ltd's profit includes this amount. To eliminate the unrealised
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
118
profit, S Ltd has to subtract the R200 from its closing inventory (i.e. inventory should be
credited.), while P Ltd has to decrease their profit by debiting cost of sales with R200.
If half the inventories have been sold outside the group, R100 should be eliminated.
A very important aspect of consolidations is that we must start by determining which company
is selling the inventories and which company is buying them.
P Ltd
sells to
S Ltd
If P Ltd sells inventories to S Ltd, P Ltd is making the profit, and no adjustment to non-
controlling interest is necessary.
P Ltd
sells to
S Ltd
If S Ltd sells inventories to P Ltd, S Ltd is making the profit, and the non-controlling interest
must be adjusted by its percentage interest in profit or loss. (This adjustment is made in the
analysis of the owners' equity.)
Note: Unrealised profits and losses have income tax implications, but we ignore these
for the purposed of this module. We will deal with this on third-year level.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
119
EXAMPLE 1
Parent sells inventories to subsidiary
The following are the trial balances of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd, at 31 December 20.8:
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) (200 000)
(100 000) Retained earnings – 1 January 20.8 (120 000)
(80 000)
Profit before tax (80 000)
(60 000) Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 ordinary shares
at fair value (cost price: R80 000) 80 000
- Property, plant and equipment 200 000
200 000
Inventories 50 000
30 000 Trade and other receivables 70 000
50 000
Trade and other payables (30 000)
(60 000) Taxation for the year 30 000
20 000
Additional information
1. A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd at the time of the incorporation of B Ltd.
2. B Ltd purchases all its inventories from A Ltd at cost price plus 25%. The inventories on
B Ltd's financial records amounted to R20 000 at 1 January 20.8.
3. A Ltd's total sales to B Ltd during 20.8 amounted to R100 000.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the A Ltd Group for the year
ended 31 December 20.8 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
120
SOLUTION 1
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.8
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (200 000 + 200 000) 400 000
400 000
Current assets
Inventories [50 000 + 30 000 - (30 000 x 25 )] 74 000 Trade and other receivables (70 000 + 50 000) 120 000
194 000
Total assets 594 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings(4) 260 000
460 000 Non-controlling interests(2)/(c) 44 000
Total equity 504 000
Current liabilities Trade and other payables (30 000 + 60 000) 90 000
Total equity and liabilities 594 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
R
Profit before tax 138 000 [80 000 + 60 000 - 100 000 (sales) + 100 000 (purchases) - (30 000 x 25 ) + (20 000 x 25 )]
Income tax expense (30 000 + 20 000) (50 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 88 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 88 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (88 000 - 8 000) 80 000 Non-controlling interests(3)/(b) 8 000
88 000
125
125 125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
121
125
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.8
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.8 200 000
180 000*
380 000
36 000(a)
416 000
Changes in equity for 20.8 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
80 000 80 000
8 000(b) 88 000
Balance at 31 December 20.8
200 000 (4)260 000
460 000 44 000(c)
504 000
* [120 000 - (20 000 x 25) + 64 000(1)
]
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
• Current year
Profit for the year (60 000 -
20 000)
Total
A Ltd 80 %*
NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
-
R
80 000
-
R
64 000(1)
32 000
R
20 000
-
100 000
80 000
40 000
80 000 20 000
16 000
8 000(3)
220 000 96 000 44 00(2)
* 80 000/100 000 share x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
122
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 100 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
80 000
Non-controlling interests
20 000
20 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 16 000
Non-controlling interests
16 000
16 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.7
(a) 36 000
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 8 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
8 000 (b) 8 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Income – sales (A Ltd) 100 000
Cost of sales (B Ltd)
100 000
Elimination of intragroup sales
Cost of sales (A Ltd) 6 000
Inventory (B Ltd)
6 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in closing inventory of
B Ltd (30 000 x 25 )
Retained earnings (A Ltd) 4 000
Cost of sales (A Ltd)
4 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in opening inventory of
B Ltd (20 000 x 25)
(c) 44 000
COMMENT
Note that in this example, the parent sold inventories to the subsidiary. The unrealised profit was
therefore included in the profit of A Ltd, and there were consequently no adjustments in the
analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd, but only in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income.
Also note that sales and cost of sales are not always given in questions. You will then have to
make all adjustments against profit before tax.
It is very important to understand the journal entries. When you know which accounts need to be
debited or credited, you will know where the amounts should be added or subtracted in the
125
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
123
statements.
We need to eliminate all intragroup transactions. When a shareholder or outsider evaluates the
group's statements, the group is regarded as one economic entity. As the single entity will not
enter into transactions with itself, we should eliminate any sales between companies in the group.
Therefore we need to eliminate the intragroup sales of R100 000 mentioned in point 3 of the
additional information. When these sales took place, A Ltd credited sales as it sold these goods. B
Ltd debited their inventory with the purchase. We assume B Ltd sold this inventory and hence had
already affected cost of sales. To eliminate the intragroup sales, we will debit the sales of A Ltd
with R100 000, hence subtracting the amount from sales. We will credit the cost of sales of B Ltd,
hence decreasing cost of sales.
A Ltd sells inventory to B Ltd at a profit of 25%. Both B Ltd's inventory left at year end, and A Ltd's
profit includes this intragroup profit. Since we evaluate the companies as a single entity, we need
to eliminate the intragroup profit (unrealised profit) as it was profit earned from within the group but
had not yet been realised outside the group.
At year end, B Ltd has inventory obtained from A Ltd in its financial records amounting to
R30 000. A Ltd made a profit of 25%. To calculate the unrealised profit portion, we have to
recognise that the R30 000 already includes 25% profit, which makes it 125%. We calculate the
profit of 25% as follows: R30 000 x 25 /125 = R6 000
To eliminate the unrealised profit, B Ltd has to subtract the R6 000 from its closing inventory in the
statement of financial position. We therefore credit inventory to decrease it. We should also
decrease A Ltd's profit by debiting cost of sales. Profit decreases when we debit cost of sales, but
the R6 000 is added to cost of sales. Refer to the journal entries.
In the previous year, the journal entry for eliminating the unrealised profit of R4 000 was
performed similar to what is described above. On consolidation, we have to repeat all the entries
annually because we combine the individual companies' financial records annually and these
current record does not contain the consolidation entries of the previous year. If profit was affected
in the previous year, we need to adjust the retained earnings in the current year. Therefore the
cost of sales of R4 000 that would have been debited in the previous year, will be debited against
the retained earnings in the current year. Due to the general view that the operating cycle of
entities is normally a year, we assume that B Ltd actually sold this inventory to outside parties
within a year, hence the profit is realised. Therefore, we credit cost of sales in A Ltd to increase
the profit again. Crediting the cost of sales implies that the cost of sales decreases, so the R 4 000
is subtracted from cost of sales in the statements.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
124
EXAMPLE 2
Subsidiary sells inventories to parent
The following are the trial balances of D Ltd and its subsidiary, E Ltd, at 31 December 20.8:
D Ltd E Ltd
R R Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) (200 000) (100 000) Retained earnings – 1 January 20.8 (120 000) (80 000) Profit before tax (80 000) (60 000) Investment in E Ltd – 80 000 ordinary shares
at fair value (cost price: R80 000) 80 000 - Property, plant and equipment 200 000 200 000 Inventories 50 000 30 000 Trade and other receivables 70 000 50 000 Trade and other payables (30 000) (60 000) Taxation for the year 30 000 20 000
Additional information
1. D Ltd acquired its interests in E Ltd at the time of the incorporation of E Ltd.
2. D Ltd purchased all its inventories from E Ltd at cost price plus 25%. The inventories
on D Ltd's books amounted to R40 000 at 1 January 20.8.
2. Total sales of E Ltd to D Ltd amounted to R100 000 during 20.8.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the D Ltd Group for the year
ended 31 December 20.8 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
125
SOLUTION 2
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.8
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (200 000 + 200 000) 400 000
400 000
Current assets
Inventories [50 000 + 30 000 − (50 000 x 25 )] 70 000 Trade and other receivables (70 000 + 50 000) 120 000
190 000
Total assets 590 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 258 000
458 000 Non-controlling interests(2)/(c) 42 000 Total equity 500 000
Current liabilities Trade and other payables (30 000 + 60 000) 90 000 Total equity and liabilities 590 000
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.8
R
Profit before tax 138 000 [80 000 + 60 000 − 100 000 (sales) + 100 000 (purchases) – (50 000 x 25 ) + (40 000 x 25 )]
Income tax expense (30 000 + 20 000) (50 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 88 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 88 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (88 000 – 7 600) 80 400 Non-controlling interests(3)/(b) 7 600
88 000
125
125 125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
126
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.8
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.8
200 000
177 600*
377 600
34 400(a)
412 000
Changes in equity for 20.8 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
80 400 80 400
7 600(b) 88 000
Balance at 31 December 20.8
200 000 258 000
458 000 42 000(c)
500 000
* [120 000 + 57 600
(1))
(a) (20 000(4) + 14 400(5))
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of E Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
[80 000 – (40 000 x 25 )
• Current year
Profit for the year [(60 000 -
20 000 + (40 000 x 25 ) –
(50 000 x 25 )]
Total
D Ltd 80 %*
NCI
20% At Since
R
100 000
-
R
80 000
-
R
57 600(1)
30 400
R
20 000
-
100 000
72 000
38 000
80 000 20 000(4)
14 400(5)
7 600(3)
210 000 88 000 42 000(2)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
125
125
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
127
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 100 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in E Ltd
80 000
Non-controlling interests
20 000
20 000
Elimination of owners' equity of E Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 14 400
Non-controlling interests
14 400
14 400
Recording of non-controlling interests in E Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.7
(a) 34 400 Non-controlling interests (SCI) 7 600
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
7 600 (b) 7 600
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Income – sales (E Ltd) 100 000
Cost of sales (D Ltd)
100 000
Elimination of intragroup sales
Cost of sales (E Ltd) 10 000
Inventory (D Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in closing inventory of D Ltd
(50 000 x 25 )
Retained earnings (E Ltd) 8 000
Cost of sales (E Ltd)
8 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in opening inventory of D Ltd
(40 000 x 25 )
(c) 42 000
125
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
128
COMMENT
Since the subsidiary in this example has sold the inventories and made the profit, we should also
bring into account the adjustments in respect of unrealised profit in the analysis of owners' equity.
You have probably realised that we can quickly test whether the analysis of owners' equity
balances.
– To see whether the columns have been correctly added up we can say:
80 000 (at acquisition)
88 000 (since acquisition)
42 000 (Non-controlling interests)
R210 000 (total)
– To see whether the non-controlling interest column has been correctly calculated, we can say:
Total = R210 000
Non-controlling interests = 20%
Therefore, the non-controlling interests column must be equal to
R210 000 x 20% = R42 000.
7.5 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT HELD BY COMPANIES IN THE GROUP
We should eliminate any profit realised when an asset belonging to one company in the
group is sold to another company in the group. However, the company that purchased the
asset is still providing for too much depreciation because the profit is included in the cost price
of the asset in its books. We should write back this portion of the depreciation for
consolidation purposes.
The unrealised profit on assets is realised either through the sale of the asset to an outsider
or the use of the asset at the rate of depreciation.
The following four situations may arise where assets are sold within a group:
The parent sells non-depreciable assets to the subsidiary.
The subsidiary sells non-depreciable assets to the parent.
The parent sells depreciable assets to the subsidiary.
The subsidiary sells depreciable assets to the parent.
Note: Unrealised profits and losses have income tax implications, which we ignore for
the purposes of this module. We will deal with this section on third-year level.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
129
Study the following examples carefully as they provide a detailed explanation of the sale of
assets within a group:
EXAMPLE 1
Parent sells non-depreciable asset to subsidiary
The following represent the abridged statements of D Ltd and its subsidiary, E Ltd, at 31
December 20.9:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
D Ltd
E Ltd
R R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment 180 000 150 000
Investment in E Ltd
‒ 70 000 ordinary shares at fair value 77 000 -
(cost price: R77 000)
Current assets 20 000
32 000
277 000
182 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares 200 000 100 000
(200 000/100 000 shares)
Retained earnings 29 000
37 000
Current liabilities 48 000
45 000
277 000
182 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
D Ltd
E Ltd
R R
Profit before tax 20 000 30 000 Income tax expense (6 000)
(9 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 14 000
21 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 14 000
21 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
130
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total D Ltd
E Ltd
D Ltd
E Ltd
D Ltd
E Ltd
R R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
100 000
15 000 16 000
215 000
116 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
14 000 21 000
14 000
21 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9 200 000 100 000
29 000
37 000
229 000
137 000
Additional information
1. D Ltd acquired its interest in E Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date E Ltd's retained
earnings amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities
of E Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
2. On 1 January 20.9, E Ltd bought property with a carrying amount of R40 000 from D Ltd.
D Ltd made a profit of R10 000.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated financial statements of the D Ltd Group for the year ended
31 December 20.9 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
131
SOLUTION 1
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (180 000 + 150 000 ‒ 10 000 profit) 320 000 Current assets (20 000 + 32 000) 52 000
Total assets 372 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000 Retained earnings 37 900
237 900 Non-controlling interests(3)/(c) 41 100
Total equity 279 000
Current liabilities (48 000 + 45 000) 93 000
Total equity and liabilities 372 000
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (20 000 + 30 000 - 10 000 profit) 40 000 Income tax expense (6 000 + 9 000) (15 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 25 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 25 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (25 000 - 6 300) 18 700 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 6 300
25 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
132
D LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interest
s
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9
200 000
19 200*
219 200
34 800(a)
254 000
Changes in equity for 20.9 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
18 700 18 700
6 300(b) 25 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000 37 900
237 900 41 100(c)
279 000
* (15 000 + 4 200(2)
)
(a) (33 000(4) + 1 800
(5)
)
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of E Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(16 000 - 10 000 at acquisition)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total
D Ltd 70 %*
NCI
30 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
70 000
7 000
R R
30 000
3 000
110 000
-
77 000
-
4 200(2)
14 700
33 000
-
110 000
6 000
21 000
77 000 33 000(4)
1 800(5)
6 300(1)
137 000 18 900 41 100(3)
* 70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
133
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 10 000 Goodwill NIL Investment in E Ltd
77 000
Non-controlling interests
33 000 33 000
Elimination of owners' equity of E Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 800 Non-controlling interests
1 800 1 800
Recording of non-controlling interests in E Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
34 800(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 6 300 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
6 300 6 300(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Profit from sale of property (D Ltd) 10 000 Property (E Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in E Ltd's property
41 100(c)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
134
EXAMPLE 2
Subsidiary sells non-depreciable asset to parent
The following represent the abridged statements of Q Ltd and its subsidiary, R Ltd, at
31 December 20.9:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Q Ltd
R Ltd
R R
ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 180 000
150 000 Investment in R Ltd – 70 000 ordinary shares at fair value (cost price: R77 000)
77 000 -
Current assets 20 000
32 000
277 000
182 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 29 000
37 000
Current liabilities 48 000
45 000
277 000
182 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Q Ltd
R Ltd
R
R Profit before tax 20 000
30 000
Income tax expense (6 000)
(9 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 14 000
21 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 14 000
21 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
135
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total Q Ltd
R Ltd
Q Ltd
R Ltd Q Ltd R Ltd
R
R
R
R R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000 100 000 15 000 16 000 215 000 116 000 Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
14 000
21 000 14 000 21 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000 100 000
29 000
37 000
229 000
137 000
Additional information
1. Q Ltd acquired its interest in R Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date R Ltd's retained
earnings amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities
of R Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
2. On 1 January 20.8, Q Ltd bought property with a carrying amount of R40 000 from R Ltd.
R Ltd made a profit of R10 000.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated financial statements of the Q Ltd Group for the year ended
31 December 20.9 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
136
SOLUTION 2
Q LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (180 000 + 150 000 ‒ 10 000 profit) 320 000
Current assets (20 000 + 32 000) 52 000
Total assets 372 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000 Retained earnings 40 900
240 900
Non-controlling interests(3)/(c) 38 100
Total equity 279 000
Current liabilities (48 000 + 45 000) 93 000
Total equity and liabilities 372 000
Q LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (20 000 + 30 000) 50 000 Income tax expense (6 000 + 9 000) (15 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 35 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 35 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (35 000 − 6 300) 28 700 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 6 300
35 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
137
Q LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9
200 000
12 200*
212 200
31 800(a)
244 000
Changes in equity for 20.9 Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
28 700 28 700
6 300(b) 35 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000 40 900
240 900 38 100(c)
279 000
* (15 000 - 2 800(2)
)
(a) (33 000(4) - 1 200
(5)
)
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of R Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(16 000 - 10 000 at
h.acquisition - 10 000 profit)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total
Q Ltd 70 %* NCI
30 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
70 000
7 000
R R
30 000
3 000
110 000
-
77 000
-
(2 800)(2)
14 700
33 000
-
110 000
(4 000)
21 000
77 000 33 000(4)
(1 200)(5)
6 300(1)
127 000 11 900 38 100(3)
* 70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
138
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 10 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in R Ltd
77 000
Non-controlling interests
33 000 33 000
Elimination of owners' equity of R Ltd at acquisition
Non-controlling interests 1 200
(1 200)
Retained earnings
1 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in R Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
31 800(a) Non-controlling interests (SCI) 6 300
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
6 300 6 300(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Retained earnings - beginning of year (R Ltd) 10 000
Property (Q Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in Q Ltd's property
38 100(c)
COMMENT
Note that R Ltd sold the property in a previous financial year, and the transaction therefore has no
effect on the current year's statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. However, it
does have an effect on the opening balance of retained earnings in the statement of changes in
equity. As the subsidiary made the profit, we take the R4 000 into account in the analysis of owners'
equity under the "since acquisition to beginning of current year" section (R2 800), and this affects the
opening balance of retained earnings.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
139
EXAMPLE 3
Parent sells depreciable asset to subsidiary
The following represent the condensed statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd, at
31 December 20.9:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
ASSETS R
R Investment in B Ltd – 16 000 ordinary shares 20 000
–
at fair value (cost price: R20 000) Machinery 24 000
16 000
Cost price 30 000
20 000
Accumulated depreciation (6 000)
(4 000)
Current assets 36 000
19 000
80 000
35 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (50 000/20 000 shares) 50 000 20 000 Retained earnings 30 000
15 000
80 000
35 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R Gross profit 20 000
10 000
Depreciation (3 000)
(2 000)
Profit before tax 17 000
8 000 Income tax expense (5 000)
(2 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 12 000
6 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 12 000
6 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
140
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total Q Ltd
R Ltd
Q Ltd
R Ltd Q Ltd R Ltd
R
R
R
R R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 50 000 20 000
18 000
9 000
68 000 29 000 Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
12 000
6 000 12 000 6 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9 50 000 20 000
30 000
15 000
80 000 35 000
Additional information
1. A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date B Ltd's retained
earnings amounted to R5 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
2. On 1 January 20.8 B, Ltd purchased all its machinery from A Ltd at cost price plus
33,3%.
3. Both companies write off depreciation on machinery at 10% per annum according to the
straight-line method.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated financial statements of the A Ltd Group for the year ended
31 December 20.9 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
141
SOLUTION 3
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Machinery [(30 000 + 20 000 − 5 000) − (6 000 + 4 000 − 500 − 500)] 36 000
Current assets (36 000 + 19 000) 55 000
Total assets 91 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 50 000 Retained earnings 34 000
84 000
Non-controlling interests(5)/(c) 7 000
Total equity and liabilities 91 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Notes R
Gross profit (20 000 + 10 000) 30 000 Administrative expenses (3 000 + 2 000 − 500)
(4 500)
Profit before tax 1 25 500 Income tax expense (5 000 + 2 000) (7 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
18 500 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
18 500
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (18 500 − 1 200)
17 300 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b)
1 200
18 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
142
A LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
1. Profit before tax
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following:
Expenses
Depreciation (3 000 + 2 000 - 500) 4 500
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-
control-
ling
interests
Total
equity
R R R
R
R
Balance at 1 January 20.9 50 000
16 700(calc3)
66 700
5 800(a)
72 500
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 17 300 17 300
1 200(b)
18 500
Balance at 31 December 20.9 50 000
34 000
84 000
7 000(c)
91 000
(a) (5 000(4) - 800
(3)
)
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(9 000 - 5 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total
A Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
20 000
5 000
R
16 000
4 000
R R
4 000
1 000
25 000
-
20 000
-
3 200(2)
4 800
5 000
-
25 000
4 000
6 000
20 000 5 000(4)
800(3)
1 200(1)
35 000 8 000 7 000(5)
*16 000/20 000 shares x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
143
2. Depreciation
R
Profit from sale of machinery (20 000 x 33,3/133,3) 5 000
Depreciation – 20.8 (5 000 x 10%) 500
– 20.9 (5 000 x 10%) 500
Depreciation up to 31 December 20.9 which has to be adjusted 1 000
3. Retained earnings at the beginning of year
Retained earnings of B Ltd(2) 3 200 Retained earnings of A Ltd 13 500
Given 18 000 Profit from sale of machinery (5 000) Depreciation realised in respect of 20.8 500
16 700
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
144
4. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr
Cr
NCI
R
R
R
Share capital 20 000
Retained earnings 5 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
20 000
Non-controlling interests
5 000
5 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 800
Non-controlling interests
800
800
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
(a) 5 800 Non-controlling interests (SCI) 1 200
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
1 200 (b) 1 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit for the year
Retained earnings ‒ A Ltd 5 000
Machinery ‒ B Ltd
5 000
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit included in B Ltd's assets
Accumulated depreciation ‒ B Ltd 1 000
Depreciation ‒ A Ltd
500
Retained earnings ‒ A Ltd
500
Elimination of depreciation associated with the sale of the asset
(c) 7 000
COMMENT
As B Ltd purchased all of its machinery from A Ltd at the beginning of the previous year, we
should debit retained earnings to eliminate the unrealised profit. A Ltd sold the machinery and
made the profit, therefore A Ltd's retained earnings need to decrease (be debited) to eliminate
the unrealised profit. B Ltd bought the machinery; therefore, B Ltd's machinery needs to be
credited to decrease it, as it contains the profit amount that needs to be eliminated.
Therefore:
Dr Cr
R R
Retained earnings – A Ltd 5 000
Machinery – B Ltd 5 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
145
In B Ltd's individual financial records, B Ltd depreciates machinery that still includes the
unrealised profit of R5 000. Therefore, excessive provision is made for depreciation. To
eliminate this, we debit accumulated depreciation. (We normally credit accumulated
depreciation when depreciation occurs.) The amount is calculated as follows:
R5 000 (unrealised profit) x 10% (depreciation rate)
As A Ltd made the profit, and the profit was eliminated in A Ltd's records, everything that affects profit or retained earnings will occur in A Ltd's records. As this machine is used, the profit that was first unrealised, now becomes realised each year through use of the asset, over the remaining useful life of the machine at the rate of depreciation. Therefore, we should credit the retained earnings or profit again since the profit is being realised gradually through the use of the asset. In the current year, we credit A Ltd's depreciation and we credit the retained earnings of A Ltd for the previous years.
Therefore:
Dr Cr
R R
Accumulated depreciation – B Ltd 1 000
Depreciation – A Ltd 500
Retained earnings – A Ltd 500
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
146
EXAMPLE 4
Subsidiary sells depreciable asset to parent
The following represent the condensed statements of X Ltd and its subsidiary, Y Ltd, at
30 June 20.9:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.9
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R
R
ASSETS
R R
Investment in Y Ltd ‒ 15 000 ordinary shares 19 500
- at fair value (cost price: R19 500) Machinery 8 000
16 000
Cost price 14 000
20 000 Accumulated depreciation (6 000)
(4 000)
Current assets 52 500
19 000
80 000
35 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital - ordinary shares (50 000/20 000 shares) 50 000
20 000 Retained earnings 30 000
15 000
80 000
35 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.9
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R
R
Gross profit 20 000
10 000 Depreciation (3 000)
(2 000)
Profit before tax 17 000
8 000 Income tax expense (5 000)
(2 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 12 000
6 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 12 000
6 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
147
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
X Ltd
Y Ltd
X Ltd
Y Ltd
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 July 20.8 50 000
20 000
18 000 9 000
68 000
29 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
12 000
6 000
12 000
6 000
Balance at 30 June 20.9 50 000
20 000
30 000
15 000 80 000
35 000
Additional information
1. X Ltd acquired its interest in Y Ltd on 1 January 20.6, on which date Y Ltd's retained
earnings amounted to R6 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
Y Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
2. On 1 January 20.8, X Ltd purchased all its machinery from Y Ltd at cost price plus 25%.
3. Both companies write off depreciation on machinery at 20% per annum according to the
straight-line method.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated financial statements of the X Ltd Group for the year ended
30 June 20.9 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
148
SOLUTION 4
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.9
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Machinery [(14 000 + 20 000 − 2 800) − (6 000 + 4 000 − 840)] 22 040 Current assets (52 500 + 19 000) 71 500
Total assets 93 540
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 50 000 Retained earnings 35 280
85 280
Non-controlling interests(3)/(c) 8 260
Total equity and liabilities 93 540
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.9
Notes R
Gross profit (20 000 + 10 000)
30 000 Administrative expenses (3 000 + 2 000 − 560)
(4 440)
Profit before tax 1
25 560 Income tax expense (5 000 + 2 000) (7 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
18 560 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
18 560
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (18 560 − 1 640)
16 920
Non-controlling interests(1)/(b)
1 640
18 560
X LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.9
R
1. Profit before tax
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following:
Expenses
Depreciation (3 000 + 2 000 - 560) 4 440
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
149
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R
R
Balance at 1 July 20.8 50 000
18 360*
68 360 6 620
(a)
74 980
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
16 920 16 920 1 640
(b)
18 560
Balance at 30 June 20.9 50 000 35 280
85 280 8 260
(c)
93 540
* (18 000 + 360(2)) (a) (6 500(4) + 120(5))
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of Y Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
[9 000 - 6 000 - 2 800 (profit)
+ 280 (depreciation)]
• Current year
Profit for the year
(6 000 + 560 depreciation)
Total
X Ltd 75% NCI
25% At Since
R
20 000
6 000
R
15 000
4 500
R R
5 000
1 500
26 000
-
19 500
-
360(2)
4 920
6 500
-
26 000
480
6 560
19 500 6 500(4)
120(5)
1 640(1)
33 040 5 280 8 260(3)
* 15 000/20 000 shares x 100% = 75%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
150
2. Depreciation
R
Profit from the sale of machinery (14 000 x 25 ) 2 800
Depreciation – 1/1/20.8 to 30/6/20.8 (6 months) 2 800 x 20% x 6 280
– 1/7/20.8 to 30/6/20.9 (12 months) 2 800 x 20% 560
Depreciation for 18 months up to 30 June 20.9 for which an adjustment has to be made 840
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 20 000
Retained earnings 6 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in Y Ltd
19 500
Non-controlling interests
6 500 6 500
Elimination of owners' equity of Y Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings ‒ Y Ltd 2 800
Machinery ‒ X Ltd
2 800
Elimination of unrealised intragroup profit from sale of machinery
Accumulated depreciation ‒ X Ltd 840
Depreciation ‒ Y Ltd
560
Retained earnings ‒ Y Ltd
280
Elimination of depreciation associated with the sale of the machinery
Retained earnings 120
Non-controlling interests
120 120
Recording of non-controlling interests in
Y Ltd for the period ended 30 June 20.8
6 620(a) Non-controlling interests (SCI) 1 640
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
1 640 1 640(b)
Recording of non-controlling interest in profit after tax
8 260(c)
125
12
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
151
7.6 EXERCISES
You should have mastered all the different aspects of consolidated annual financial
statements by now. You will find that the individual questions in the exercises are becoming
more integrated in the sense that they include more and more sections of the work we have
covered. It is therefore very important for you to work through each question before
comparing your own solution with our proposed solution.
QUESTION 1
You receive the following trial balances of A Ltd and B Ltd at 30 June 20.8:
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
Debits
Property, plant and equipment
– Land and buildings 574 000
408 200
– Motor vehicles 155 000
97 000
Investment in B Ltd
– 70 000 ordinary shares at fair value 290 000
- (cost price: R290 000)
– Unsecured loan at fair value 40 000
- Trade and other receivables 86 200
19 400
Inventories 45 000
72 000 Bank -
10 600
Bills receivable 8 000
-
1 198 200
607 200
Credits
Share capital – ordinary shares (400 000/100 000 shares) 800 000
200 000 Retained earnings 213 000
137 600
Revaluation of land and buildings -
100 000 Long-term borrowing from A Ltd -
35 000
Bank overdraft 14 200
- Trade and other receivables 41 000
60 600
Accumulated depreciation – motor vehicles 130 000
64 000 Bills payable -
10 000
1 198 200
607 200
Additional information
1. A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 July 20.5, on which date B Ltd's retained
earnings was R72 000.
2. At the date of acquisition, A Ltd valued the land and buildings belonging to B Ltd, which
had a carrying amount of R308 200, at R368 200. It is company policy to revalue B Ltd's
land and buildings every two years at 30 June. B Ltd has not purchased or sold any land
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
152
or buildings since 1 July 20.5. Consider the carrying amount of all the other assets and
liabilities of B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof at the date of acquisition.
3. A Ltd discounted R2 000 of the bills receivable from B Ltd at the bank before the expiry
date of 6 July 20.8.
4. Since A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd, A Ltd purchased all its inventories from B Ltd.
B Ltd supplied the inventories at cost price plus 25% profit. The inventories on hand of A
Ltd and B Ltd amounted to R36 000 and R48 000 respectively on 1 July 20.7.
5. On 29 June 20.8, B Ltd repaid R5 000 of the existing loan from A Ltd. A Ltd received this
repayment on 3 July 20.8.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the A Ltd Group as at
30 June 20.8 in accordance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards. (Ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses.
Comparative figures and notes are not required.)
QUESTION 2
The following represent the condensed statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the statements of changes in equity of G Ltd and its subsidiary, L Ltd, for the year
ended 28 February 20.8:
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.8
G Ltd
L Ltd
R
R
Gross profit 484 680
326 300 Other income 59 750
24 500
- Interest received 35 750
12 500
- Administration fees received 24 000
12 000
Expenses (270 900)
(221 650)
- Depreciation 158 000
134 400
- Staff costs 60 000
48 000
- Interest paid 28 500
24 650
- Auditors' remuneration 12 400
8 600
- Administration fees paid 12 000
6 000
Profit before tax 273 530
129 150 Income tax expense (141 412)
(64 460)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 132 118
64 690 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 132 118
64 690
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
153
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.8
Share capital Revaluation surplus Retained earnings Total
G Ltd L Ltd G Ltd L Ltd G Ltd L Ltd G Ltd L Ltd R R R R R R R R
Balance at 1 March 20.7
200 000 100 000 80 000 120 000 224 690 44 000 504 690 264 000
Changes in equity for 20.8 Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year 132 118 64 690 132 118 64 690
Balance at 28 February 20.8
200 000 100 000 80 000 120 000 356 808 108 690 636 808 328 690
Additional information 1. G Ltd acquired 80% of the voting rights in L Ltd on 1 March 20.5 for R250 000, at which
point L Ltd's owners' interest consisted of the following:
R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 64 000
Revaluation surplus 120 000
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of L Ltd to be equal to the fair
value thereof at the date of acquisition.
2. On 1 December 20.6, L Ltd sold a machine with a carrying amount of R200 000 to G Ltd at a
profit of R50 000. It is the policy of the group to depreciate plant and machinery at 20% per
annum on the straight-line method.
3. G Ltd sold some of its inventories to L Ltd at a profit of 50% on cost price. L Ltd had the
following inventories on hand, which they purchased from G Ltd:
R
28 February 20.7 210 000
28 February 20.8 315 000
3. G Ltd lent the sum of R150 000 to L Ltd at an interest rate of 18% per annum, payable
annually in arrears, on 1 August 20.7. G Ltd received and banked the cheque for interest
for the month of February on 28 February 20.8. The interest did not qualify for capitalisation
and was accounted for by both companies.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
and the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the G Ltd Group for the
year ended 28 February 20.8 in accordance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards. (Ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses.
Do all calculations to the nearest rand.)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
154
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.8
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment [(574 000 + 408 200) + (155 000 + 97 000) − (130 000 + 64 000)] 1 040 200
Goodwill 57 600
1 097 800
Current assets
Inventories (45 000 + 72 000 − 9 000) 108 000 Trade and other receivables (86 200 + 19 400) 105 600 Cash and cash equivalents 10 600
224 200
Total assets 1 322 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 800 000 Other components of equity 28 000 Retained earnings (213 000 + 39 620) 252 620
1 080 620
Non-controlling interests(a) 128 580
Total equity 1 209 200
Current liabilities Trade and other payables [41 000 + 60 600 + (10 000 − 8 000)] 103 600 Bank overdraft (14 200 − 5 000) 9 200
Total liabilities 112 800
Total equity and liabilities 1 322 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
155
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
(368 200 - 308 200) Equity represented by
goodwill - parent Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
To end of current year
Revaluation surplus
(408 200 – 368 200)
Retained earnings
Total
A Ltd 70 %*
NCI
30 % At Since
R 200 000
72 000
60 000
R
140 000
50 400
42 000
R R
60 000
21 600
18 000
332 000
57 600
232 400
57 600
28 000 OCE
39 620 RE
99 600
-
389 600
40 000
56 600
290 000
99 600
12 000
16 980
End of the year
At acquisition
Unrealised profit –
closing inventories
Unrealised profit osin
g‒ opening inventories
‒ realised current
year
137 600
(72 000)
(9000)
(7 200)
7200
486 200
28 000 OCE
39 620 RE
128 580(a)
*70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
156
2. Journal in A Ltd's financial records
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Cash in transit 5 000 Unsecured loan to B Ltd
5 000
Recording of cash in transit
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 72 000 Revaluation surplus 60 000 Goodwill 57 600 Investment in B Ltd
290 000
Non-controlling interests
99 600 99 600
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Revaluation surplus – B Ltd 12 000 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
12 000 12 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in revaluation surplus
Retained earnings 16 980 Non-controlling interests
16 980 16 980
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 30 June 20.8 Bills payable – B Ltd 8 000
Bills receivable – A Ltd
8 000
Elimination of intragroup bills
Gross profit – B Ltd 9 000 Inventories – A Ltd (45 000 x 25)
9 000
Elimination of unrealised profits in closing inventory
Retained earnings – B Ltd (36 000 x 25/125) 7 200 Gross profit/Cost of sales – B Ltd
7 200
Elimination of unrealised profits in opening inventory (This journal is included for the sake of completeness. It has no effect, as only the statement of financial position is required and the net effect on retained earnings is nil.)
Long-term borrowing from A Ltd - B Ltd 35 000 Unsecured loan to B Ltd - A Ltd
35 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
128 580(a)
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
157
COMMENT
A Ltd holds 70 000 shares in B Ltd.
70 000 shares = 70%
100 000 shares
R
Current value of land and buildings 408 200
Valuation value at 1 July 20.5 (368 200)
Valuation of land and buildings since acquisition 40 000
In additional information 4, you were given A Ltd and B Ltd's inventories on hand at 1 July 20.7.
This information is irrelevant, however, since we did not ask you to draft a statement of profit or
loss and other comprehensive income. We included both the journal for opening inventory and
the calculation for R7 200 in the analysis for illustrative purposes only.
QUESTION 2
G LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.8
Note R
Gross profit (calculation 1)
775 980 Other income [35 750 + 12 500 − (150 000 x 7 x 18%)
68 500
+ 24 000 + 12 000]
Administrative expenses [158 000 + 134 400 − (50 000 x 20%)
(429 400)
+ 60 000 + 48 000 + 12 400 + 8 600 + 12 000 + 6 000]
Finance cost [28 500 + 24 650 − (150 000 x 7 x 18%)]
(37 400)
Profit before tax 1 377 680 Income tax expense (141 412 + 64 460)
(205 872)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
171 808 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
171 808
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (171 808 − 14 938(b))
156 870 Non-controlling interests (calculation 2)
14 938(b)
171 808
12
12
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
158
G LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.8
1. Profit before tax
R
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following: Income Interest received [35 750 + 12 500 − (150 000 x 7 x 18%)] 32 500
Administration fees received (24 000 + 12 000) 36 000 Expenses
Depreciation [158 000 + 134 400 − (50 000 x 20%)] 282 400 Staff cost (60 000 + 48 000) 108 000 Auditors' remuneration (12 400 + 8 600) 21 000 Administration fees paid (12 000 + 6 000) 18 000
G LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
28 FEBRUARY 20.8
Share capital
Revalua-tion
surplus
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R R
R R Balance at 1 March 20.7 200 000
80 000
100 690
(2)
380 690
43 300
(a)
423 990
Changes in equity for 20.8
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
156 870 156 870
14 938(b)
171 808
Balance at 28 February 20.8 200 000
80 000
257 560
537 560
58 238(c)
595 798
(2) 224 690 – 54 000(d) – 70 000(1)
(a) 56 800(3) - 13 500(4)
Calculations
1. Gross profit
R
G Ltd 484 680 Unrealised profit in opening inventories ( 50 x 210 000) 70 000(1) Unrealised profit in closing inventories ( 50 x 315 000) (105 000) L Ltd 326 300
775 980
12
150
150
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
159
2. Analysis of owners' equity of L Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
Equity represented by goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
Given (44 000 - 64 000)
Unrealised profit from machinery
Depreciation adjustment
(50 000 x 20% x 3 )
• Current year
Profit for the year
Given
Excess depreciation
(50 000 x 20%)
Total
G Ltd 80 %
NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
64 000
120 000
R
80 000
51 200
96 000
R R
20 000
12 800
24 000
284 000
22 800
227 200
22 800
(54 000)(d)
59 752
56 800
-
306 800
(67 500)
(20 000)
(50 000) 2 500
74 690
64 690
10 000
250 000 56 800
(3)
(13 500)(4)
14 938(b)
313 990 5 752 58 238(c)
12
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
160
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 64 000 Revaluation surplus 120 000 Goodwill 22 800 Investment in L Ltd
250 000
Non-controlling interests
56 800 56 800
Elimination of owners' equity of L Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings – L Ltd 50 000 Machinery – G Ltd
50 000
Elimination of intragroup profit from sale of machinery
Accumulated depreciation – G Ltd 2 500 Retained earnings – L Ltd
2 500
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of machinery for the period ended 28 February 20.7
Accumulated depreciation – G Ltd 10 000 Depreciation – L Ltd
10 000
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of machinery for the current year
Cost of sales – G Ltd 105 000 Inventory – L Ltd
105 000
Elimination of unrealised profits in closing inventories
Retained earnings – G Ltd 70 000 Cost of sales – G Ltd
70 000
Elimination of unrealised profits in opening inventories
Non-controlling interests 13 500
(13 500) Retained earnings
13 500
Recording of non-controlling interests in L Ltd for the period ended 28 February 20.7
43 300(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 14 938 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
14 938 14 938(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in L Ltd for the current year
Loan from G Ltd – L Ltd 150 000 Loan to L Ltd – G Ltd
150 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
Interest received – G Ltd 15 750 Interest paid – L Ltd
15 750
Elimination of intragroup interest on loan
58 238(c)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 7
161
COMMENT
When we write off depreciation over five years on the straight-line method, it actually means that
depreciation rate is 20%.
100% ÷ 5 = 20% per annum
With intragroup transactions, it is important to identify which entity made the profit. When the
subsidiary sells inventory or machinery to the parent, we account for the unrealised profit by
means of the calculation in the analysis of owners' equity, which will affect retained earnings.
(Remember, the analysis is a calculation to show the allocation of the subsidiary's equity
between the parent and non-controlling shareholders.) However, in this question, the parent sold
inventory to the subsidiary, hence we will adjust the unrealised profit of R70 000 in opening
inventories separately in the opening balance of retained earnings in the statement of changes in
equity.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this study unit, are you able to
record intragroup bills of exchange and bank overdrafts correctly in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies?
determine the surplus when revaluing property at the acquisition of an interest
in a subsidiary?
calculate the unrealised profit effect in trading inventories in both the parent and
subsidiary?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
draft the consolidated annual financial statements of a group, in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards, if a sale of property, plant and
equipment has taken place between companies in the group?
162
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
TREATMENT OF
DIVIDENDS DURING
CONSOLIDATION
LEARNING UNIT 8
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
163
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to account for any ordinary dividend declared or paid by a subsidiary in the
consolidated financial statements of companies in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards.
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
8.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 163
8.2 DIVIDENDS PAID OR DECLARED BY THE SUBSIDIARY ..................................... 164
8.3 EXERCISES ............................................................................................................... 189
SOLUTIONS ......................................................................................................................... 193
SELF-ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 201
KEY CONCEPTS
Dividends paid or declared
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
calculate any ordinary dividend declared or paid by a subsidiary in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies
record any ordinary dividend declared or paid by a subsidiary in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Dividends paid and/or declared in the consolidated statement of changes in equity will always
be merely the dividends payable by the owners of the parent. We eliminate all dividends paid
and/or declared by the subsidiary. This principle is in accordance with the basic consolidation
principle, namely that we need to eliminate all intragroup transactions before we compile the
consolidated annual financial statements.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
164
Non-controlling shareholders share in the subsidiary's profit before the payment of dividends.
Therefore, if a subsidiary pays a dividend, it means that the non-controlling owners have
realised part of their interest in the profit in the form of a dividend. This will reduce the credit
balance of the non-controlling interests in the consolidated statement of financial position, as
the subsidiary now owes the non-controlling owners less.
8.2 DIVIDENDS PAID OR DECLARED BY THE SUBSIDIARY
The following are the five situations that most frequently occur with regard to dividends in the
consolidated annual financial statements:
The subsidiary has made no provision and does not wish to make any provision for
dividends.
The subsidiary has paid a dividend to its owner.
The subsidiary has made provision for the dividend declared, and the parent has made
provision for the appropriate dividend receivable.
The subsidiary has made provision for the dividend declared, but the parent has made no
provision for the appropriate dividend receivable.
The subsidiary must make provision for a dividend declared.
Work carefully through the following five examples that will explain the five situations in more
detail:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
165
EXAMPLE 1
The subsidiary paid or declared no dividends
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R
ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 330 000
170 000 Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 shares at fair value 88 000 -
(cost price: R88 000) Trade and other receivables 28 000
36 000
Current account with B Ltd 10 000
-
456 000
206 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 120 000
38 000
Current account with A Ltd -
10 000 Trade and other payables 136 000
58 000
456 000
206 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R Profit before tax 73 000
33 000
Income tax expense (22 000)
(10 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
166
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total A Ltd B Ltd
A Ltd B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R
R R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20 .9 200 000 100 000
84 000 15 000
284 000
115 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
51 000 23 000
51 000
23 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000) -
(15 000)
-
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000
100 000
120 000
38 000
320 000
138 000
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of B
Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
SOLUTION 1
We will draft the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(15 000 - 10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Total
A Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
80 000
8 000
R R
20 000
2 000
110 000
-
88 000
-
4 000(2)
18 400
22 000
-
110 000
5 000
23 000
88 000 22 000
1 000
4 600(1)
138 000 22 400 27 600(3)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
167
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 10 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
88 000
Non-controlling interests
22 000 22 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 000
Non-controlling interests
1 000 1 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
23 000(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 4 600
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
4 600 4 600(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in
B Ltd for the current year Current account with A Ltd - B Ltd 10 000
Current account with B Ltd - A Ltd
10 000
Elimination of common items
27 600(c)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
168
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (330 000 + 170 000) 500 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (28 000 + 36 000) 64 000
Total assets 564 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 142 400
342 400
Non-controlling interests(3)/(c) 27 600
Total equity 370 000
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (136 000 + 58 000) 194 000
Total equity and liabilities 564 000
A LTD GROUP CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (73 000 + 33 000) 106 000 Income tax expense (22 000 + 10 000) (32 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 74 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 74 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (74 000 − 4 600) 69 400 Non-controlling interests (1)/(b) 4 600
74 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
169
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31
DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
88 000*
288 000
23 000
(a)
311 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
69 400 69 400
4 600(b)
74 000 Dividend paid: ordinary (15 000)
(15 000) -
(15 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 200 000 142 400
342 400 27 600(c)
370 000
* (84 000 + 4 000(2)
)
EXAMPLE 2
Dividends paid by subsidiary
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R
ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 330 000
170 000 Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 shares at fair value 88 000 - (cost price: R88 000) Trade and other receivables 28 000
36 000
Current account with B Ltd 10 000
-
456 000
206 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 129 600
26 000
Current account with A Ltd -
10 000 Trade and other payables 126 400
70 000
456 000
206 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
170
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
R B Ltd
R
Gross profit 73 000 33 000 Dividends received 9 600 -
Profit before tax 82 600 33 000 Income tax expense (22 000) (10 000) PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Other comprehensive income for the year 60 600 -
23 000 -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 60 600 23 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital Retained earnings Total
A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd A Ltd B Ltd
R R R R R R
Balance at 1 January 20.9
200 000
100 000
84 000
15 000
284 000
115 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
60 600 23 000 60 600 23 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000) (12 000) (15 000) (12 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000
100 000
129 600
26 000
329 600
126 000
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
171
SOLUTION 2
We will draft the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition • To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(15 000 -10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend
Total
A Ltd 80%*
NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
80 000
8 000
R R
20 000
2 000
110 000
-
88 000 -
4 000(2)
18 400
(9 600)
22 000 -
110 000
5 000
23 000
(12 000)
88 000 22 000
1 000
4 600(1)
(2 400)
126 000 12 800 25 200(3)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
172
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 10 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
88 000
Non-controlling interests
22 000 22 000
Elimination of owners' equity of
B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 000
Non-controlling interests
1 000 1 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in
B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
23 000(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 4 600
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
4 600 4 600(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in
B Ltd for the current year
Dividends received (A Ltd) 9 600
Non-controlling interests 2 400
(2 400)(c)
Dividends paid (B Ltd)
12 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-controlling interests in dividend
Current account with A Ltd (B Ltd) 10 000
Current account with B Ltd (A Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of common items
25 200(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
173
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (330 000 + 170 000) 500 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (28 000 + 36 000) 64 000
Total assets 564 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 142 400
342 400
Non-controlling interests(3)/(d) 25 200
Total equity 367 600
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (126 400 + 70 000) 196 400
Total equity and liabilities 564 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (73 000 + 33 000) 106 000 Income tax expense (22 000 + 10 000) (32 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 74 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 74 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (74 000 − 4 600) 69 400 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 4 600
74 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
174
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
88 000*
288 000
23 000
(a)
311 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 69 400 69 400
4 600(b)
74 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000)
(15 000) (2 400)
(c)
(17 400)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 200 000
142 400
342 400 25 200(d)
367 600
* (84 000 + 4 000(2)
)
COMMENT
We always eliminate the dividends paid by the subsidiary, as the transaction takes place within the
group. Dividends paid normally have a debit balance, while dividends received have a credit balance
as it is an income. To eliminate the dividends, we debit the dividends amounting to R9 600 received
by A Ltd and credit the dividends amounting to R12 000 paid by B Ltd. (That is why the statement of
profit or loss and other comprehensive income no longer includes dividends received.) The balancing
figure in the journal is a debit balance of R2 400. We debit non-controlling interests, thereby reducing
the balance in the statement of financial position as the non-controlling owners realised a portion of
their share in the profit in the form of a dividend received.
Dr Cr
R R
Dividends received – A Ltd R9 600
Non-controlling interests R2 400
Dividends paid – B Ltd R12 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
175
EXAMPLE 3
Parent made provision for dividend declared by subsidiary.
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R
ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 330 000
170 000 Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 shares at fair value
(cost price: R88 000) 88 000 - Trade and other receivables 28 000
36 000
Current account: B Ltd 19 600
-
465 600
206 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 129 600
26 000
Current account: A Ltd -
10 000 Trade and other payables 136 000
58 000
Dividends payable -
12 000
465 600
206 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R Profit before tax 82 600
33 000
Income tax expense (22 000)
(10 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 60 600
23 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 60 600
23 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total A Ltd B Ltd
A Ltd B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R
R R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000 100 000
84 000 15 000
284 000
115 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
60 600 23 000
60 600
23 000 Dividends declared and paid: ordinary
(15 000)
(12 000)
(15 000)
(12 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000
100 000
129 600
26 000
329 600
126 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
176
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
SOLUTION 3
We will draft the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(15 000 - 10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend
Total
A Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
80 000
8 000
R R
20 000
2 000
110 000
-
88 000
-
4 000(2)
18 400
(9 600)
22 000
-
110 000
5 000
23 000
(12 000)
88 000 22 000
1 000
4 600(1)
(2 400)
126 000 12 800 25 200(3)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
177
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 10 000 Goodwill NIL Investment in B Ltd
88 000
Non-controlling interests
22 000 22 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 000 Non-controlling interests
1 000 1 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
23 000(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 4 600 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
4 600 4 600(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the current year
Dividend received (A Ltd) 9 600
Non-controlling interests 2 400
(2 400)(c)
Dividend declared (B Ltd)
12 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-controlling interests in dividend
Dividends payable – B Ltd 9 600 Current account: A Ltd – B Ltd
9 600
Transfer of relevant share of dividend due by B Ltd to the current account of A Ltd
Current account: A Ltd – B Ltd 19 600
Current account: B Ltd – A Ltd
19 600
Elimination of common items
25 200(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
178
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (330 000 + 170 000) 500 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (28 000 + 36 000) 64 000
Total assets 564 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 142 400
342 400
Non-controlling interests(3)/(d) 25 200
Total equity 367 600
Current liabilities Dividends payable (12 000 − 9 600) 2 400 Trade and other payables (136 000 + 58 000) 194 000
Total liabilities 196 400
Total equity and liabilities 564 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (82 600 − 9 600 + 33 000) 106 000 Income tax expense (22 000 + 10 000) (32 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 74 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 74 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (74 000 − 4 600) 69 400 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 4 600
74 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
179
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
88 000*
288 000
23 000
(a)
311 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 69 400 69 400
4 600(b)
74 000 Dividend declared and paid: ordinary
(15 000)
(15 000) (2 400)(c)
(17 400)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 200 000
142 400
342 400 25 200(d)
367 600
* (84 000 + 4 000(2))
COMMENT
In this example, the subsidiary declared a dividend that it has not paid yet. In the subsidiary's
financial records, the dividend payable is a liability of R12 000. For the parent, it is a receivable
asset of R9 600.
We should eliminate the current accounts in the group (what they owe each other) against
each other, but we can only do this once the accounts are equal. R9 600 of the R12 000
dividends payable by B Ltd are payable to A Ltd. We transfer the liability of R9 600 from
dividends payable to the current account: A Ltd, as both represent what is payable to A Ltd.
Hence:
Dr Cr
R R
Dividends payable – B Ltd R9 600
Current account: A Ltd – B Ltd R9 600
After making the entry above, the current account in B Ltd is also equal to R19 600 (R10 000 +
R9 600), and we can eliminate the two accounts against each other.
Hence:
Dr Cr
R R
Current account: A Ltd – B Ltd R19 600
Current account: B Ltd – A Ltd R19 600
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
180
EXAMPLE 4
Parent made no provision for dividend.
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
ASSETS R R Property, plant and equipment 330 000
170 000 Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 shares at fair value
(cost price: R88 000) 88 000 - Trade and other receivables 28 000
36 000
Current account: B Ltd 10 000
-
456 000
206 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 120 000
26 000
Current account: A Ltd -
10 000 Trade and other payables 136 000
58 000
Dividends payable -
12 000
456 000
206 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R Profit before tax 73 000
33 000
Income tax expense (22 000)
(10 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
100 000
84 000
15 000
284 000
115 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
51 000
23 000
51 000
23 000
Dividend declared: ordinary
(15 000) (12 000)
(15 000)
(12 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 200 000 100 000
120 000 26 000
320 000
126 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
181
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
SOLUTION 4
We will draft the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(15 000 - 10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend
Total
A Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
80 000
8 000
R R
20 000
2 000
110 000
-
88 000
-
4 000(2)
18 400
(9 600)
22 000
-
110 000
5 000
23 000
(12 000)
88 000 22 000
1 000
4 600(1)
(2 400)
126 000 12 800 25 200(3)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
2. Entry in the financial records of A Ltd
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Current account: B Ltd 9 600
Dividend received
9 600
Recording of dividend receivable
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
182
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000
Retained earnings 10 000
Goodwill NIL
Investment in B Ltd
88 000
Non-controlling interests
22 000 22 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 000
Non-controlling interests
1 000 1 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
23 000(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 4 600 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
4 600 4 600(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the current year
Dividend received (A Ltd) 9 600 Non-controlling interests 2 400
(2 400)(c) Dividend paid (B Ltd)
12 000
Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-controlling interests in dividend
Dividends payable (B Ltd) 9 600 Current account: A Ltd (B Ltd)
9 600
Transfer of appropriate share of dividend due by B Ltd to the current account of A Ltd
Current account: A Ltd (B Ltd) 19 600
Current account: B Ltd (A Ltd)
19 600
Elimination of common items
25 200(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
183
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
ASSETS R Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (330 000 + 170 000) 500 000 Current assets
Trade and other receivables (28 000 + 36 000) 64 000
Total assets 564 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000 Retained earnings 142 400
342 400
Non-controlling interests(3)/(d) 25 200
Total equity 367 600
Current liabilities
Dividends payable (12 000 − 9 600) 2 400 Trade and other payables (136 000 + 58 000) 194 000
Total liabilities 196 400
Total equity and liabilities 564 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (73 000 + 33 000) 106 000 Income tax expense (22 000 + 10 000) (32 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 74 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 74 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (74 000 − 4 600) 69 400 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 4 600
74 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
184
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
88 000*
288 000
23 000
(a)
311 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 69 400 69 400
4 600(b)
74 000 Dividend declared: ordinary
(15 000)
(15 000) (2 400)
(c)
(17 400)
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000
142 400
342 400 25 200(d)
367 600
* (84 000 + 4 000(2))
COMMENT
The only difference between this example and example three, is in this example the parent
has not accounted for the dividend receivable of R9 600 yet. That is why there is first an entry
in A Ltd's individual records, to account for this, before we make the consolidation journal
entries.
We do not adjust the profit before tax with the R9 600 as in example three. There are journals
where dividends receivable are debited and credited with R9 600 in this example. These
cancel out each other.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
185
EXAMPLE 5
Subsidiary made no provision for dividend.
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
ASSETS R R Property, plant and equipment 330 000
170 000 Investment in B Ltd – 80 000 shares at fair value
(cost price: R88 000) 88 000 - Trade and other receivables 28 000
36 000
Current account: B Ltd 10 000
-
456 000
206 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Retained earnings 120 000
38 000
Current account: A Ltd -
10 000 Trade and other payables 136 000
58 000
456 000
206 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
R R Profit before tax 73 000
33 000
Income tax expense (22 000)
(10 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 51 000
23 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
186
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings Total A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
100 000
84 000
15 000
284 000
115 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
51 000
23 000
51 000
23 000
Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000)
-
(15 000)
-
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000 100 000
120 000
38 000
320 000
138 000
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.7, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R10 000. Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of
B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
On 31 December 20.9, B Ltd decided to declare a dividend of R12 000.
SOLUTION 5
We will draft the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI Since acquisition • To beginning of current year
Retained earnings (15 000 - 10 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend
Total
A Ltd 80 %*
NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
10 000
R
80 000
8 000
R R
20 000
2 000
110 000
-
88 000
-
4 000(2)
18 400 (9 600)
22 000
-
110 000
5 000
23 000
(12 000)
88 000 22 000
1 000
4 600(1)
(2 400)(4)
126 000 12 800 25 200(3)
* 80 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 80%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
187
Because B Ltd has not yet made provision for the dividend and A Ltd has not yet reacted to it,
we only provide for the dividend owing to the non-controlling owners, as we would have
eliminated the dividends between A Ltd and B Ltd anyway.
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 10 000 Goodwill NIL Investment in B Ltd
88 000
Non-controlling interests
22 000 22 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 000 Non-controlling interests
1 000 1 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
23 000(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 4 600 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
4 600 4 600(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the current year
Non-controlling interests 2 400
(2 400)(c)
Dividends payable
2 400
Provision for dividend payable to non-controlling owners
Current account: A Ltd (B Ltd) 10 000 Current account: B Ltd (A Ltd)
10 000
Elimination of common items
25 200(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
188
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (330 000 + 170 000) 500 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (28 000 + 36 000) 64 000
Total assets 564 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 142 400
342 400
Non-controlling interests(3)/(d) 25 200
Total equity 367 600
Current liabilities
Dividends payable(4) 2 400 Trade and other payables (136 000 + 58 000) 194 000
Total liabilities 196 400
Total equity and liabilities 564 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
Profit before tax (73 000 + 33 000) 106 000 Income tax expense (22 000 + 10 000) (32 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 74 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 74 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (74 000 − 4 600) 69 400 Non-controlling interests(1)/(b) 4 600
74 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
189
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
R
R R
R R Balance at 1 January 20.9 200 000
88 000*
288 000
23 000
(a)
311 000
Changes in equity for 20 .9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
69 400
69 400
4 600(b)
74 000 Dividend paid: ordinary (15 000)
(15 000) (2 400)
(c)
(17 400)
Balance at 31 December 20.9
200 000 142 400
342 400 25 200(d)
367 600
* (84 000 + 4 000(2)
)
8.3 EXERCISES
Answer the following two questions for further practice:
QUESTION 1
The following balances were obtained from the books of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd, for
the year ended 28 February 20.4:
A Ltd B Ltd
R R
Sales 600 000 400 000 Cost of sales 340 000 220 000 Repairs and maintenance 35 000 30 000 Depreciation – equipment 18 000 16 000 Dividends received 16 000 - Interest received on loan to B Ltd 10 000 - Loan from A Ltd - 15 000 Loan to B Ltd 20 000 - Staff cost 36 000 24 000 Interest paid 4 000 20 000 Auditors' remuneration 8 000 7 000 Taxation 67 600 32 800 Dividends paid 10 000 20 000 Retained earnings – 1 March 20.3 45 000 59 000 Included in cost of sales:
- Inventories 1 March 20.3 18 000 18 000
- Inventories 28 February 20.4 15 000 20 000
Share capital 100 000 80 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
190
Additional information
1. On 1 March 20.2, when B Ltd was incorporated, A Ltd acquired 80% of the shares and
voting rights in B Ltd. No goodwill was payable by A Ltd, and at the date of acquisition,
the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities were equal to the fair value thereof.
2. Since incorporation, A Ltd has bought all its inventories from B Ltd at cost plus 33,3%.
On 28 February 20.4 inventories to the value of R5 000 were still in transit. B Ltd sold
inventories of R317 000 to A Ltd during the year.
3. On 1 March 20.2, B Ltd sold equipment to A Ltd at a profit of R20 000. Both companies
depreciate equipment at 20% per annum on the straight-line method.
4. On 28 February 20.4, A Ltd sold property to B Ltd at a profit of R20 000. This profit was
included in the sales of the company.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the consolidated statement of changes in equity of the A Ltd Group
for the year ended 28 February 20.4 in compliance with the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards. Show all your calculations and
ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses as well as capital gains tax.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
191
QUESTION 2
The following represent the condensed statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and statements of changes in equity of X Ltd and its subsidiary, Y Ltd, for the year
ended 30 June 20.3:
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.3
X Ltd Y Ltd
R R
Gross profit 465 000 329 000 Other income 35 000 1 000
Dividends received 30 000 -
Interest received – trade receivables 5 000 1 000
500 000 330 000
Expenses (200 000) (150 000)
Depreciation 120 000 100 000
Staff cost 80 000 50 000
Profit before tax 300 000 180 000 Income tax expense (120 000) (70 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 180 000 110 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 180 000 110 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.3
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
X Ltd
Y Ltd
X Ltd
Y Ltd
X Ltd
Y Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 July 20.2 300 000
200 000
150 000
160 000
450 000
360 000 Changes in equity for 20.3
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
180 000
110 000
180 000
110 000
Dividend paid: ordinary
(50 000)
(20 000)
(50 0000)
(20 000)
Balance at 30 June 20.3 300 000 200 000
280 000
250 000
580 000
450 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
192
Additional information
1. On 1 July 20.0, X Ltd acquired 70% of the voting rights in Y Ltd for R155 000, on
which date Y Ltd's owners' equity consisted of the following:
R
Share capital 200 000
Retained earnings 20 000
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of Y Ltd to be equal to the fair
value thereof on the date of acquisition. It is the policy of the group to show goodwill at
cost price in the financial statements.
2. Y Ltd manufactures the same kind of heavy machinery that X Ltd uses. On 1 July 20.1,
iupkjj.Y Ltd sold a machine, which had cost R150 000 to manufacture to X Ltd for R200 000.
3. The records with regard to X Ltd's machinery contain the following:
R
Machinery purchased – 1 July 20.0 400 000
Depreciation – 30 June 20.1 (80 000)
320 000
Purchase of new machinery from Y Ltd – 1 July 20.1 200 000 Depreciation – 30 June 20.2 (120 000) – 30 June 20.3 (120 000)
Machinery at carrying amount – 30 June 20.3 280 000
Depreciation is calculated at 20% per annum on the straight-line method.
4. X Ltd sells some of its inventories to Y Ltd at a profit of 20% on the cost price. Y Ltd
had the following inventories on hand, which they purchased from X Ltd:
R
30 June 20.2 36 000
30 June 20.3 72 000
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income and the consolidated statement of changes in equity of the X Ltd Group
for the year ended 30 June 20.3 in compliance with the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards. Show all your calculations. Ignore
taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses as well as capital gains tax.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
193
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.4
Note R
Revenue (600 000 + 400 000 − 20 000 − 317 000)
663 000 Cost of sales (340 000 + 220 000 − 317 000 − 4 500 + 5 000)
(243 500)
Gross profit
419 500 Administrative expenses [(18 000 + 16 000 − 4 000) + 8 000
(170 000)
+ 7 000 + 36 000 + 24 000 + 35 000 + 30 000]
Finance cost (4 000 + 20 000 − 10 000)
(14 000)
Profit before tax 1 235 500 Income tax expense (67 600 + 32 800)
(100 400)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
135 100 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
135 100
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (135 100 − 10 740)
124 360 Non-controlling interests (calculation 1)(b)
10 740
135 100
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
194
A LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.4
1. Profit before tax
R
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following:
Expenses
Auditors' remuneration (8 000 + 7 000) 15 000 Depreciation (18 000 + 16 000 − 4 000) 30 000 Staff cost (36 000 + 24 000) 60 000
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
28 FEBRUARY 20.4
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
R R R R R Balance at 1 March 20.3 100 000
75 800#
175 800
23 700
(a)
199 500
Changes in equity for 20.4
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 124 360 124 360 10 740
(b) 135 100
Dividend paid: ordinary
(10 000)
(10 000)
(4 000)(c)
(14 000)
Balance at 28 February 20.4 100 000
190 160
290 160
30 440(d)
320 600
# 45 000 + 30 800(e)
(a) 16 000(a)
+ 7 700(a)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
195
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of B Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
Given
At acquisition
Unrealised profit in inventory
(18 000 x 33 )
Unrealised profit on sale of
equipment
Depreciation on unrealised profit
(20 000 x 20
)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Profit after tax
Unrealised profit in opening
inventory
Unrealised profit in closing inven-
tory (15 000 + 5 000) x 33
Depreciation on unrealised
profit
Dividend paid
Total
A Ltd 80 % NCI
20 % At Since
R
80 000
R
64 000
R R
16 000
80 000
-
64 000
-
30 800(e)
42 960
(16 000)
16 000
-
80 000
38 500
59 000
-
59 000
(4 500)
(20 000)
4 000
53 700
64 000 16 000(a)
7 700(a)
10 740(b)
(4 000)(c)
50 200(1)
4 500
(5 000)
4 000
(20 000)
152 200 57 760 30 440(d)
(1)
400 000 - 220 000 - 30 000 - 16 000 - 24 000 - 20 000 - 7 000 - 32 800
100
133 1
3
1
3
1
3
133 1
3
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
196
2. Entry in the financial records of A Ltd
Dr Cr
R R
Inventory 5 000 Loan to B Ltd
5 000
Recording of inventory in transit
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Sales – B Ltd 317 000 Cost of sales – A Ltd
317 000
Elimination of intragroup sales
Cost of sales – B Ltd 5 000 Inventory – A Ltd
5 000
Elimination of unrealised profit in closing inventory of A Ltd
Retained earnings – B Ltd 4 500 Cost of sales – B Ltd
4 500
Elimination of unrealised profits in opening inventory of A Ltd
Retained earnings – B Ltd 20 000 Equipment – A Ltd
20 000
Elimination of unrealised profits on sale of equipment
Accumulated depreciation – A Ltd 4 000 Retained earnings – B Ltd
4 000
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of equipment for the period ended 28 February 20.3
Accumulated depreciation – A Ltd 4 000 Depreciation – B Ltd
4 000
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of equipment for the year ended 28 February 20.4
Sales – A Ltd 20 000 Property – B Ltd 20 000 Elimination of unrealised profits on sale of property
Interest received – A Ltd 10 000 Interest paid – B Ltd
10 000
Elimination of intragroup interests on loan
Share capital 80 000 Investment in B Ltd
64 000
Non-controlling interests
16 000 16 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 7 700 Non-controlling interests
7 700 7 700
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 28 February 20.3
23 700
(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 10 740 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
10 740 10 740
(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the current year
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
197
Dr Cr NCI R R R Dividend received – A Ltd
16 000
Non-controlling interests 4 000
(4 000)(c)
Dividend paid – B Ltd
20 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-controlling interests in the dividend
Loan from A Ltd – B Ltd 15 000 Loan to B Ltd – A Ltd
15 000
Elimination of intragroup balances on loan accounts
30 440
(d)
QUESTION 2
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.3
Note R
Gross profit [465 000 + 329 000 + (20/120 x 36 000) −
788 000 (20/120 x 72 000)]
Other income [5 000 + 1 000 + 30 000 − (20 000 x 70%)]
22 000 Administrative expenses [120 000 + 100 000 −
(340 000)
(50 000 x 20%) + 80 000 + 50 000]
Profit before tax 1 470 000 Income tax expense (120 000 + 70 000)
(190 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
280 000 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
280 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (280 000 − 36 000)
244 000 Non-controlling interests (calculation 1)(b)
36 000
280 000
X LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.3
1. Profit before tax
R
Profit before tax is calculated after taking into account the following: Income Dividends received (30 000 - 14 000(f)) 16 000
Expenses Depreciation (120 000 + 100 000 - 10 000) 210 000
Staff costs (80 000 + 50 000) 130 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
198
X LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 20.3
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
R
R
R
R
R Balance at 1 July 20.2 300 000
214 000#
514 000
96 000
(a)
610 000
Changes in equity for 20.3
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
244 000
244 000
36 000(b)
280 000 Dividend paid: ordinary
(50 000)
(50 000)
(6 000)
(c)
(56 000)
Balance at 30 June 20 .3 300 000 408 000 708 000 126 000(d)
834 000
# 150 000 - 6 000 (unrealised profit in opening inventory) + 70 000(e)
(a) 66 000(1) + 30 000(2)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
199
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of Y Ltd
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Equity represented by
jjjjjgoodwill - parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current
year
Retained earnings
Given
At acquisition
Unrealised profit on sale
of machinery (200 000 -
150 000)
Depreciation on unrealised
llprofit (50 000 x 20 )
• Current year
Profit for the year
Profit after tax
Depreciation on
unrealised profit
Dividend paid
Total
X Ltd 70 % NCI
30 % At Since
R
200 000
20 000
R
140 000
14 000
R R
60 000
6 000
220 000
1 000
154 000
1 000
70 000(e)
(84 000)
(14 000)(f)
66 000
-
221 000
100 000
155 000 66 000(1)
30 000(2)
36 000(b)
(6 000)(c)
160 000
(20 000)
140 000
(50 000)
10 000
120 000
110 000
10 000
(20 000)
421 000 140 000 126 000(d)
100
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
200
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital 200 000 Retained earnings 20 000 Goodwill 1 000 Investment in Y Ltd
155 000
Non-controlling interests
66 000 66 000
Elimination of owners' equity of Y Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings – Y Ltd 50 000 Machinery – X Ltd
50 000
Elimination of intragroup profits on sale of machinery
Accumulated depreciation – X Ltd 10 000 Retained earnings – Y Ltd
10 000
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of machinery for the period ended 30 June 20.2
Accumulated depreciation – X Ltd 10 000 Depreciation – Y Ltd
10 000
Elimination of depreciation associated with sale of the machinery for the current year
Cost of sales – X Ltd 12 000 Inventory – Y Ltd
12 000
Elimination of unrealised profits in closing inventories
Retained earnings – X Ltd 6 000 Cost of sales – X Ltd
6 000
Elimination of unrealised profits in opening inventories
Retained earnings 30 000 Non-controlling interests
30 000 30 000
Recording of non-controlling interests in Y Ltd for the period ended 30 June 20.2
96 000(a) Non-controlling interests (SCI) 36 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
36 000 36 000(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in Y Ltd for the year ended 30 June 20.3
Dividends received – X Ltd 14 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 6 000
(6 000)(c)
Dividends paid – Y Ltd
20 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-controlling interests in the dividends
126 000(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 8
201
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
calculate any ordinary dividend declared or paid by a subsidiary in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies?
record any ordinary dividend declared or paid by a subsidiary in the
consolidated annual financial statements of companies?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
FAC2602
Introduction to group annual
financial statements
TREATMENT OF
PREFERENCE SHARES
DURING CONSOLIDATION
LEARNING UNIT 9
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
203
LEARNING OUTCOME
Students should be able to account for any preference dividends in the consolidated annual financial
statements of companies in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
OVERVIEW
The learning unit is divided into the following:
9.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 204
9.2 CONSOLIDATION PROCEDURES IF THE SUBSIDIARY'S CAPITAL INCLUDES
PREFERENCE SHARES ........................................................................................ 205
9.3 TREATMENT OF PREFERENCE DIVIDENDS OF THE SUBSIDIARY ..................... 212
9.4 EXERCISES ............................................................................................................... 240
SELF-ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................. 60
KEY CONCEPTS
Preferential rights
Non-cumulative preference shares
Cumulative preference shares
Participating and non-participating
Arrear preference dividends
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
calculate the parent's interest percentage in the preference share capital of the
subsidiary
record any preference dividends paid or declared by a subsidiary in the
consolidated annual financial statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards
record arrear cumulative preference dividends payable or paid by a subsidiary
in the consolidated annual financial statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
204
9.1 INTRODUCTION
In learning unit 8, we discussed the treatment of dividends where the subsidiary's share
capital consists of ordinary share capital only. In this learning unit, we deal with the treatment
of preference share capital and preference dividends. Preference shares carry a fixed
dividend percentage. When adequate profits are available, these shares have a preference
right to dividends.
Preference shares can only exist when another class of shares (generally ordinary shares)
exists so the preference shares can enjoy certain preferential rights in comparison to the
other shares. We can summarise these preferential rights as follows:
For the purposes of the following discussion, the preferential rights in respect of
dividends are probably the most important right attached to preference shares. This right
is normally expressed as a percentage of the value of the share, for example 9%
preference shares with an issued value of R400 000 would receive a dividend of R36 000
(9% x R400 000).
If the subsidiary is liquidated, the preference owners will receive a maximum amount of
R400 000.
Where a subsidiary has issued preference shares, these shares have a preferential claim
to the profit of the company, whilst the balance is attributable to the ordinary owners. As in
the case of ordinary shares, preference owners cannot legally lay claim to their share of
the profit before a company has declared a preference dividend. If the preference
shares are cumulative, ordinary owners may receive no dividend in the current
reporting period, unless a preference dividend is declared.
We can classify preference shares as follows with regard to dividends:
Non-cumulative
These owners are not entitled to payment of arrear dividends.
Cumulative
If no dividend is declared in a specific reporting period, there is a cumulative preferential
right, which is a right to have preference to the arrear and current preference dividends
before a dividend may be declared on any other class of shares on the first subsequent
dividend declaration. Even if the company does not declare a formal dividend to the
preference owners, a dividend will accrue and become payable based on the terms of the
preference shares.
Normally, cumulative preferential rights to dividends are normally specifically prescribed in
the designation of the shares, for example 8% cumulative preference shares. Where it is
not specifically stipulated, it is assumed that preference shares are cumulative.
Participating preference shares share in the profits of a company after the payment of the
preference dividend, while convertible preference shares are convertible to ordinary
shares at a specific date in future. Although a company may not buy its own shares, it
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
205
may buy back (redeem) redeemable preference shares at a predetermined price after a
specific period.
Where preference shares are held in a subsidiary, this affects the calculation of the non-
controlling interests in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income and the statement of financial position. By the time you have
completed this learning unit, you should have a clear understanding of this concept.
Liability versus equity
When the issuer of preference shares has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or a
financial instrument to the holder of the preference shares, or does not have an unconditional
right to avoid delivering cash or a financial asset to settle the contractual obligation, the
obligation meets the definition of a financial liability (IAS 32.19). Likewise, if the issuer of
preference shares does have an unconditional right to avoid delivering cash or a financial
asset to settle the contractual obligation, the obligation meets the definition of an equity
instrument. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the
assets of an entity after deducting the liabilities.
In FAC2602 we do not classify financial instruments. It is therefore assumed that preference
shares that provide for the mandatory redemption by the issuer of the shares, for a fixed
amount at a fixed future date, and where the payment of the dividends are compulsory are
classified as financial liabilities. Such an investment is not consolidated. In all other instances
preference shares are assumed to be non-redeemable and therefore regarded as equity
instruments. In FAC2602 we will assume all preference shares are classified as equity and
hence consolidate it when applicable.
9.2 CONSOLIDATION PROCEDURES IF THE SUBSIDIARY'S CAPITAL INCLUDES PREFERENCE SHARES
Since the parent's percentage interest in the ordinary share capital of the subsidiary is not
necessarily the same as its percentage interest in the preference share capital, we
recommend that you should always draw up two separate analyses of owners equities,
namely one for ordinary share capital and one for preference share capital.
Carefully work through the following example:
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
206
EXAMPLE
The following are the condensed financial statements of P Ltd and its subsidiary, S Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.7
P Ltd S Ltd
R R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings at cost price 100 000 80 000
Plant at carrying amount 40 000 20 000
Investment in S Ltd at fair value
75 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R120 000) 120 000 -
20 000 preference shares (cost price: R25 000) 25 000 - Current account in S Ltd 8 000 - Inventories 25 000 60 000 Trade and other receivables 20 000 48 000
338 000 208 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (200 000/100 000 shares) 200 000 100 000 Share capital – 10% preference shares (50 000 shares) - 50 000 Retained earnings 54 000 37 000 Current account in P Ltd - 5 000 Current liabilities 84 000 16 000
338 000 208 000
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.7
P Ltd
S Ltd
R R
Gross profit 60 500 58 000 Income received from S Ltd
Ordinary dividend 7 500 -
Preference dividend 2 000
-
Profit before tax 70 000
58 000 Income tax expense (25 000)
(20 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 45 000
38 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 45 000
38 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
207
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.7
Ordinary share capital
10% preference share capital
Retained earnings
Total
P Ltd
S Ltd
P Ltd
S Ltd
P Ltd
S Ltd
P Ltd
S Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.7 200 000
100 000
-
50 000
24 000
14 000
224 000
164 000
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
45 000
38 000
45 000
38 000
Dividend paid: preference
-
(5 000) -
(5 000)
Dividend paid: ordinary
(15 000)
(10 000)
(15 000)
(10 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.7
200 000
100 000
-
50 000
54 000
37 000
254 000
187 000
Additional information
1. P Ltd acquired its shareholding in S Ltd on 1 January 20.5, on which date S Ltd's retained
earnings was R9 000.
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of S Ltd to be equal to the fair
value thereof at the date of acquisition, except for the land and buildings of S Ltd, which
are valued at R120 000. No entries have been made in the books of the subsidiary. No
purchases or sales of land and buildings have taken place subsequently.
2. Since 1 April 20.7, S Ltd has been buying some of its inventories from P Ltd at cost price
plus 25%. On 31 December 20.7, the inventories of S Ltd included inventories to the value
of R10 000 that had been purchased from P Ltd. Inventories that P Ltd invoiced at R3 000
were in transit to S Ltd at 31 December 20.7.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the P Ltd Group for the year
ended 31 December 20.7 in compliance with the requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards. Ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
208
SOLUTION
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.7
ASSETS R
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment [100 000 + 80 000 + 280 000 40 000 (revaluation) + 40 000 + 20 000]
Goodwill (8 250(4) + 5 000(4)) 13 250
293 250
Current assets
Inventories [25 000 + 60 000 + 3 000 (in transit) − (13 000 x 25)] 85 400 Trade and other receivables (20 000 + 48 000) 68 000
153 400
Total assets 446 650
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital 200 000 Retained earnings (5) 72 400
272 400
Non-controlling interests (44 250(3) + 30 000(3)) (d) 74 250
Total equity 346 650
Current liabilities (84 000 + 16 000) 100 000
Total equity and liabilities 446 650
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.7
R
Profit before tax (calculation 2) 115 900 Income tax expense (25 000 + 20 000) (45 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 70 900 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 70 900
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (70 900 − 11 250) 59 650 Non-controlling interest (9 500 − 1 250 + 3 000)(1)/(b) 11 250
70 900
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
209
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.7
Share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling interests
Total
equity
R R R R R Balance at 1 January 20.7 200 000 27 750* 227 750 68 500
(a) 296 250
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 59 650 59 650 11 250(b)
70 900 Dividend paid: ordinary (15 000) (15 000) (5 500)
(c) (20 500)
Balance at 31 December 20.7
200 000
72 400
272 400
74 250(d)
346 650
* (24 000 + 3 750(2))
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of S Ltd
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
(120 000 - 80 000)
Equity represented by goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(14 000 - 9 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Preference dividend*
Ordinary dividend
Total
P Ltd 75%* NCI
25% At Since
R
100 000
9 000
40 000
R
75 000
6 750
30 000
R R
25 000
2 250
10 000
149 000
8 250
111 750
8 250(4)
3 750(2)
28 500
(3 750)
(7 500)
37 250
-
157 250
5 000
38 000
(5 000)
(10 000)
120 000 37 250
1 250
9 500(1)
(1 250)(1)
(2 500)
185 250 21 000 44 250(3)
* Refer to the comments on page 167 for an explanation.
* 75 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 75%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
210
Preference shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Equity attributable to goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• Current year
Attributable profit*
Preference dividend
Total
P Ltd 40 %* NCI
60 % At Since
R
50 000
5 000
R
20 000
5 000(4)
R
2 000
(2 000)
R
30 000
-
55 000
5 000
(5 000)
25 000 30 000
3 000(1)
(3 000)
55 000 - 30 000(3)
* Refer to the comments on page 167 for an explanation.
* 20 000/50 000 shares x 100% = 40%
2. Profit before tax
R
P Ltd 70 000 S Ltd 58 000 Ordinary dividend received from S Ltd (7 500) Preference dividend received from S Ltd (2 000) Unrealised profit in closing inventories (2 600) [(10 000 + 3 000) x 25 ]
115 900
125
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
211
3. Entries in the financial records of S Ltd
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Land and buildings 40 000 Revaluation surplus
40 000
Valuation of land and buildings at acquisition
Inventory 3 000 Current account in P Ltd 3 000 Inventory in transit at 31 December 20.7
4. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Share capital 100 000 Retained earnings 9 000 Revaluation surplus 40 000 Goodwill 8 250 Investment in B Ltd
120 000
Non-controlling interests
37 250 37 250 Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 1 250 Non-controlling interests
1 250 1 250
Recording of non-controlling interests in S Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.6
Preference share capital 50 000
Goodwill 5 000 Investment in S Ltd
25 000
Non-controlling interests
30 000 30 000 Elimination of owners' equity of S Ltd at acquisition
68 500(a) Non-controlling interests (SCI) [(38 000 - 5 000) x 25%] 8 250
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
8 250 8 250(b) Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax of S Ltd, after provision for preference dividends for current year ended 31 December 20.7
Dividends received – P Ltd 7 500 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 2 500
(2 500)(c)
Dividend paid – S Ltd
10 000 Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-
controlling interests in the dividend
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 3 000 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
3 000 3 000(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax for the current year ended 31 December 20.7 in S Ltd
Dividends received (preference shares) – P Ltd 2 000 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 3 000
(3 000)(c)
Dividend paid (preference shares) – S Ltd
5 000 Elimination of intragroup dividend and recording of non-
controlling interests in the dividend
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
212
COMMENTS
Please note that if the parent pays more for its investment in the subsidiary's preference shares
than the value of the shares, we call this "goodwill".
Don't be confused: we do not take the preference dividend* into account twice in the two analyses
of owners' equity. We merely transfer the pro rata portion (10% x 50 000) of the preference
owners' interest in the profit from the ordinary owners' analysis to the preference owners' analysis
so that it can be distributed as dividends according to that percentage interest (40:60).
To calculate the goodwill and non-controlling interests' amounts in the statement of financial
position, we need to add together the amounts obtained from the ordinary and preference
analyses.
9.3 TREATMENT OF PREFERENCE DIVIDENDS OF THE SUBSIDIARY
You often come across situations where there are arrear preference dividends. Since we
are dealing with cumulative preference shares here, we need to make provision for any arrear
preference dividends. A company must pay all arrear preference dividends before it may pay
an ordinary dividend.
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Gross profit/Profit before tax – P Ltd 2 600 Inventory – S Ltd 2 600 Elimination of unrealised profit in closing inventory Current account in P Ltd – S Ltd 8 000
Current account in S Ltd – P Ltd
8 000
Elimination of intragroup loans
74 250(d)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
213
EXAMPLE 1
Preference dividend for 1 year outstanding at accounting date – must still be provided for
The following represent the abridged financial statements of A Ltd and its subsidiary, B Ltd:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd
B Ltd
ASSETS R
R Plant 50 000
120 000
Investment in B Ltd at fair value
- 75 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R86 250) 86 250
– - 4 000 preference shares (cost price: R4 000) 4 000
–
Trade and other receivables 26 750
48 000
167 000
168 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital – ordinary shares (100 000 shares) 100 000
100 000
– 12% preference shares (20 000/10 000 shares) 20 000 10 000
Retained earnings 35 000
40 000 Trade and other payables 12 000
18 000
167 000
168 000
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
A Ltd acquired its interest in B Ltd on 1 January 20.6, on which date the retained earnings of
B Ltd amounted to R15 000. On 1 January 20.6, no preference dividends were in arrears.
Provision must still be made for the 20.9 preference dividend. Consider the carrying amount
of the assets and liabilities of B Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of
acquisition.
Ordinary share capital
12% preference share capital Retained earnings
Total
A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
A Ltd
B Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R Balance at 1 January 20.9 100 000
100 000
20 000
10 000
14 000
28 000
134 000
138 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year Profit for the year
21 000
12 000
21 000
12 000
Balance at 31 December 20.9 100 000
100 000
20 000
10 000
35 000
40 000
155 000
150 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
214
SOLUTION 1
Before we can draft the consolidated financial statements we must first do the two analyses of
owners' equity.
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity in B Ltd
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
(28 000 - 15 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Preference dividend *
(12% x 10 000)
Total
A Ltd 75%* NCI
25% At Since
R
100 000
15 000
R
75 000
11 250
R R
25 000
3 750
115 000
-
86 250
-
9 750(3)
9 000
(900)
28 750
-
115 000
13 000
12 000
(1 200)
86 250 28 750(a)
3 250(a)
3 000(2)
(300)(2)
138 800 1 7 850 34 700(4)
* 75 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 75%
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
215
Preference shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Purchase difference
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• Current year
Profit attributable to
preference owners*
Preference dividend
Total A Ltd 40 %* NCI
60 % At Since
R
10 000
-
R
4 000
-
R
480
(480)
R
6 000
-
10 000
1 200
(1 200)
4 000 6 000(a)
720(2)
(720)(1)
10 000 - 6 000(4)
* 4 000/10 000 shares x 100% = 40%
2. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital – ordinary shares 100 000 Retained earnings 15 000 Goodwill NIL Investment in B Ltd
86 250
Non-controlling interests
28 750 28 750
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 3 250 Non-controlling interests
3 250 3 250
Recording of non-controlling interests in B Ltd for the period ended 31 December 20.8
Share capital – preference shares 10 000
Goodwill NIL Investment in B Ltd
4 000
Non-controlling interests
6 000 6 000
Elimination of owners' equity of B Ltd at acquisition
38 000(a) Non-controlling interests (SCI) [(12 000 − 1 200) x 25%)]
2 700
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
2 700 2 700(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax of B Ltd for the current year ended 31 December 20.9 – ordinary shares
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
216
Dr Cr NCI R R R Non-controlling interests (SCI) 720
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
720 720(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax of B Ltd for the current year ended 31 December 20.9 – preference shares
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 720
(720)(c)
Dividends payable
720
Transfer of preference dividends proposed and due to non-controlling owners
40 700(d)
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (50 000 + 120 000) 170 000
Current assets Trade and other receivables (26 750 + 48 000) 74 750
Total assets 244 750
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital (100 000 + 20 000) 120 000
Retained earnings 50 930
170 930
Non-controlling interests (34 700(4) + 6 000(4)) (d) 40 700
Total equity 211 630
Current liabilities
Dividends payable [(20 000 x 12%) + 720(1)] 3 120 Trade and other payables (12 000 + 18 000) 30 000
Total liabilities 33 120
Total equity and liabilities 244 750
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.9
R
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR (21 000 + 12 000) 33 000 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 33 000
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (33 000 − 3 420) (5) 29 580
Non-controlling interests (3 000 − 300 + 720) (2)/(b) 3 420
33 000
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
217
A LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.9
Ordinary share capital
12% prefe-rence share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-
control-ling
interests
Total equity
R R R R R
Balance at 1 January 20.9 100 000 20 000 23 750* 143 750 38 000(a)
181 750
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
(5)29 580 29 580 3 420
(b) 33 000
Dividend declared: preference (20 000 x 12%)
(2 400)
(2 400)
(720)
(c)
(3 120)
Balance at 31 December 20.9 100 000 20 000 50 930 170 930 40 700(d)
211 630
* (14 000 + 9 750(3))
EXAMPLE 2
Arrear preference dividend - still in arrears
The following represent the condensed annual financial statements of F Ltd and G Ltd for the
year ended 28 February 20.7:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
F Ltd G Ltd
R R
ASSETS
Land and buildings 475 990 308 700
Investment in G Ltd at fair value
70 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R156 800) 156 800 -
10 000 12% cumulative preference shares
(cost price: R12 500) 12 500 -
10% Debentures (cost price: R4 000) 4 000 - Inventories 15 510 45 280 Trade and other receivables 21 100 12 800 Loan account – F Ltd - 21 000
685 900 387 780
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
218
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital
- Ordinary shares (250 000/100 000 shares) 500 000 200 000
- 100 000 12% cumulative preference shares - 100 000
Retained earnings 112 600 28 400 Revaluation surplus 20 000 15 000 Bank overdraft 27 690 3 280 Trade and other payables 4 610 31 100 10% Debentures - 10 000
Loan account – G Ltd 21 000 -
685 900 387 780
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
F Ltd
G Ltd
R R Profit before tax 29 600
16 300
Income tax expense (10 400)
(5 700)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 19 200
10 600 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 19 200
10 600
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
Oridinary share capital
12% cumulative preference share
capital
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings Total
F Ltd G Ltd F Ltd G Ltd F Ltd G Ltd F Ltd G Ltd F Ltd G Ltd
Balance at 1 March 20.6 500 000
200 000
– 100 000
20 000
15 000
93 400
17 800
613 400
332 800
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
– – 19 200 10 600 19 200 10 600
Balance at 28 February 20.7 500 000
200 000
– 100 000
20 000
15 000
112 600
28 400
632 600
343 400
Additional information
1. F Ltd acquired its interest in G Ltd on 1 March 20.5, on which date the other components of equity were as follows:
F Ltd G Ltd
R R
Revaluation surplus 20 000 - Retained earnings 19 000 8 600
Each share carries one vote.
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of G Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of acquisition.
2. No preference dividends were in arrears at 1 March 20.5. No dividends have been paid since.
3. Land and buildings of G Ltd was revalued on 31 January 20.6.
4. On 28 February 20.7, there was no arrear interest on debentures.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
220
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the F Ltd Group at
28 February 20.7 according to the requirements of International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
SOLUTION 2
F LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (475 990 + 308 700) 784 690
Goodwill (10 780 + 2 500)(5) 13 280
797 970
Current assets Inventories (15 510 + 45 280) 60 790
Trade and other receivables (21 100 + 12 800) 33 900
94 690
Total assets 892 660
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 500 000
Other components of equity 30 500 Retained earnings 112 060
642 560
Non-controlling interests (65 820 + 111 600) (4)/(c) 177 420
Total equity 819 980
Non-current liabilities Long-term borrowing – 10% debentures (10 000 – 4 000) 6 000
6 000
Current liabilities Bank overdraft (27 690 + 3 280) 30 970
Trade and other payables (4 610 + 31 100) 35 710
66 680
Total liabilities 72 680
Total equity and liabilities 892 660
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
F LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
R
Profit before tax (calculation 2) 45 900 Income tax expense (10 400 + 5 700) (16 100)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 29 800 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 29 800
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (29 800 − 10 380) 19 420
Non-controlling interests (3 180 − 3 600 + 10 800)(1)/(b) 10 380
29 800
F LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28
FEBRUARY 20.7
Share capital
Revalua-tion
surplus
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling
interest
Total equity
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 March 20.6 500 000
30 500*
92 640#
623 140
167 040
(a)
790 180
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 19 420 19 420
10 380(b)
29 800
Balance at 28 February 20.7 500 000
30 500
112 060
642 560
177 420(c)
819 980
* (20 000 + 10 500(3)) # (93 400 - 1 960(2) + 1 200(2))
221
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of G Ltd
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Equity represented by goodwill
;l- parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings/(loss)
Given (17 800 - 8 600)
Arrear preference dividends
(12% x 100 000 x 1 year)
Revaluation surplus
• Current year
Profit for the year
Preference dividends
Total
F Ltd 70 % NCI
30 % At Since
R
200 000
8 600
R
140 000
6 020
R R
60 000
2 580
208 600
10 780
146 020
10 780(5)
(1 960)(2)
RE
10 500(3)
OCE
7 420 RE
(8 400) RE
62 580
-
219 380
(2 800)
9 200
(12 000)
15 000
10 600
(12 000)
156 800 62 580
(840)
4 500
3 180(1)
(3 600)(1)
230 180
(2 940) RE
10 500 OCE
65 820(4)
* 70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
222
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Preference shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Equity attributable to goodwill -
.parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Preference dividends
• Current year
Preference dividends
Total
F Ltd 10 %* NCI
90 % At Since
R
100 000
R
10 000
R R
90 000
2 500
2 500(5)
1 200(2)
1 200
-
102 500
12 000
12 000
12 500 90 000
10 800
10 800(1)
126 500 2 400 111 600(4)
* 10 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 10%
2. Profit before tax
R
F Ltd 29 600 G Ltd 16 300 Interest received on debentures (400) Interest paid on debentures 400
45 900
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital – ordinary shares 200 000 Retained earnings 8 600
Goodwill 10 780 Investment in G Ltd
156 800
Non-controlling interests
62 580 62 580
Elimination of owners' equity of G Ltd at acquisition
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 840
(840)
Retained earnings/(loss)
840
Recording of non-controlling interests in
profit/(loss) since acquisition to beginning of current year
223
3
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Dr Cr NCI R R R Revaluation surplus 4 500
Non-controlling interests
4 500 4 500
Recording of non-controlling interests in revaluation of assets for the period ended 29 February 20.6
Share capital – preference shares 100 000 Goodwill 2 500 Investment in G Ltd
12 500
Non-controlling interests
90 000 90 000
Elimination of owners' equity of G Ltd at acquisition – preference shares
Retained earnings – preference shares
10 800
Non-controlling interests
10 800 10 800
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends for the period ended 29 February 20.6
167 040(a)
Non-controlling interests (SFP) [(10 600 - 12 000) x 30%]
420
(420)(b)
Non-controlling interests (SCI)
420
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax for the current year ended 28 February 20.7
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 10 800
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
10 800 10 800(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends for the current year ended 28 February 20.7
10% Debentures – G Ltd 4 000 10% Debentures – F Ltd
4 000
Elimination of intragroup debentures
Loan account G Ltd – F Ltd 21 000 Loan account F Ltd – G Ltd
21 000
Elimination of intragroup loans Interest received from G Ltd – F Ltd 400
Interest paid to F Ltd – G Ltd
400
Elimination of intragroup transactions
177 420(c)
COMMENTS
Remember that we need to eliminate all intragroup transactions. Always scrutinise the
balances provided in the question carefully. We must also eliminate debentures and the
related interest issued within the group.
There is no journal for the preference dividends, since it hasn’t even been declared yet.
224
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
EXAMPLE 3
Arrear preference dividend - paid since then
The following represent the condensed annual financial statements of W Ltd and V Ltd for the
year ended 28 February 20.7:
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
W Ltd V Ltd
R R
ASSETS
Land and buildings 475 990 308 700
Investment in V Ltd at fair value
- 70 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R140 000) 150 000 -
- 10 000 12% cumulative preference shares (cost price: R12 500) 12 500 -
- 10% debentures (cost price: R4 000) 4 000 - Inventories 15 510 38 280 Trade and other receivables 21 100 12 800 Bank - 20 720 Loan account – W Ltd - 28 000
679 100 408 500
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital
- Ordinary shares (250 000/100 000 shares) 500 000 200 000
- 100 000 12% cumulative preference shares - 100 000 Retained earnings 112 600 52 400 Revaluation surplus 20 000 15 000 Bank overdraft 20 890 - Trade and other payables 4 610 21 100 10% Debentures - 10 000 Loan account – V Ltd 21 000 - Dividends payable - 10 000
679 100 408 500
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
W Ltd V Ltd
R R Profit before tax 29 600 106 000 Income tax expense (10 400) (37 400)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 19 200 68 600 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 19 200 68 600
225
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
220
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
Ordinary share capital
12% cumulative
preference share capital Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
Total
W Ltd
V Ltd
W Ltd
V Ltd
W Ltd
V Ltd
W Ltd
V Ltd
W Ltd
V Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 March 20.6 500 000
200 000
-
100 000
20 000
15 000
93 400
17 800
613 400
332 800
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income
for the year
Profit for the year
-
-
-
- 19 200
68 600 19 200 68 600
Dividend declared: ordinary
- (10 000)
-
(10 000)
Dividend paid: preference
- (24 000)
-
(24 000)
Balance at 28 February 20.7 500 000
200 000
-
100 000
20 000
15 000
112 600
52 400
632 600
367 400
Additional information
1. W Ltd acquired its interest in V Ltd on 1 March 20.5, at which date the other components of equity were as follows:
W Ltd V Ltd
R R
Revaluation surplus 20 000 -
Retained earnings 19 000 8 600
Each share carries one vote.
Consider the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of V Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof on the date of
acquisition.
2. On 1 March 20.5, no preference dividends were in arrears. All preference dividends since 1 March 20.5 were paid on 28 February 20.7.
3. The land and buildings of V Ltd were revalued on 31 January 20.6.
4. On 28 February 20.7, V Ltd declared a dividend of 10 cents per ordinary share. W Ltd recorded this receivable dividend.
5. On 28 February 20.7, there was no arrear interest on debentures.
226
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the W Ltd Group at 28 February 20.7 according to the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
227
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
220
SOLUTION 3
W LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (475 990 + 308 700) 784 690
Goodwill (3 980 + 2 500)(6) 6 480
791 170
Current assets Inventories (15 510 + 38 280) 53 790
Trade and other receivables (21 100 + 12 800) 33 900 Cash and cash equivalents 20 720
108 410
Total assets 899 580
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 500 000
Other components of equity 30 500 Retained earnings 143 260
673 760
Non-controlling interests (80 220 + 90 000) (4)/(e) 170 220
Total equity 843 980
Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowing – 10% debentures (10 000 − 4 000) 6 000
6 000
Current liabilities Bank overdraft 20 890
Trade and other payables (4 610 + 21 100) 25 710 Dividends payable (5) 3 000
49 600
Total liabilities 55 600
Total equity and liabilities 899 580
228
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
W LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.7
R
Profit before tax (calculation 2) 126 200 Income tax expense (10 400 + 37 400) (47 800)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 78 400 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 78 400
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent (78 400 − 27 780) 50 620 Non-controlling interests (20 580 − 3 600 + 10 800) (1)/(b) 27 780
78 400
W LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
28 FEBRUARY 20.7
Share capital
Revalua-tion
surplus
Retained earnings
Total
Non-controlling
interest
Total equity
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 March 20.6 500 000
30 500*
92 640#
623 140
167 040
(a)
790 180
Changes in equity for 20.7
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 50 620 50 620 27 780(b)
78 400
Dividend declared: ordinary
–
–
(3 000)(c)
(3 000)
Dividend paid: preference
–
–
(21 600)(d)
(21 600)
Balance at 28 February 20.7 500 000
30 500
143 260
673 760
170 220(e)
843 980
* (20 000 + 10 500(3)
)
# (93 400 – 1 960(2)
+ 1 200(2)
)
229
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of V Ltd
Ordinary shares At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Given Arrear preference dividends
(12% x 100 000 x 2 years)
Equity represented by goodwill - parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings/(loss)
Given (17 800 - 8 600)
Arrear preference dividends
(12% x 100 000 x 1 year)
Revaluation surplus
• Current year
Profit for the year
Preference dividends
Ordinary dividends
Total
W Ltd 70 %*
NCI
30 % At Since
R
200 000
8 600
R
140 000
6 020
R R
60 000
2 580
208 600
3 980
146 020
3 980(6)
(1 960)(2)
RE
10 500(3)
OCE
48 020 RE
(8 400)RE
(7 000)RE
62 580
-
212 580
(2 800)
9 200
(12 000)
15 000
68 600
(12 000)
(10 000)
150 000 62 580
(840)
4 500
20 580(1)
(3 600)(1)
(3 000)(5)
271 380
30 660RE
10 500OCE
80 220(4)
* 70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
230
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Preference shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Equity represented by goodwill - parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Preference dividends
• Current year
Profit attributable to preference owners
Arrear preference dividends paid
Total
W Ltd 10 %* NCI
90 % At Since
R
100 000
R
10 000
R R
90 000
2 500 2 500(6)
1 200(2)
1 200(5)
(2 400)
-
102 500
12 000
12 000
(24 000)
12 500 90 000
10 800
10 800(1)
(21 600)
102 500 - 90 000(4)
* 10 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 10%
2. Profit before tax
R
W Ltd 29 600 V Ltd 106 000 Ordinary dividend declared by V Ltd (7 000) Preference dividend paid by V Ltd [(10 000 x 12%) x 4] (2 400) Interest received on debentures (400) Interest paid on debentures 400
126 200
231
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
3. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital – ordinary shares 200 000 Goodwill 3 980 Retained earnings 8 600
Investment in V Ltd
150 000
Non-controlling interests
62 580 62 580
Elimination of owners' equity of V Ltd at acquisition
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 840
(840)
Retained earnings/(loss)
840
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit/(loss) since acquisition to beginning of
current year
Revaluation surplus 4 500
Non-controlling interests
4 500 4 500
Recording of non-controlling interest in revaluation surplus for the period ended 29 February 20.6
Share capital – preference shares 100 000 Goodwill 2 500 Investment in V Ltd
12 500
Non-controlling interests
90 000 90 000
Elimination of owners' equity of V Ltd at acquisition – preference shares
Retained earnings – preference shares 10 800 Non-controlling interests
10 800 10 800
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends for the period ended 29 February 20.6
167 040(a)
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 16 980 [(68 600 − 12 000) x 30%]
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
16 980 16 980(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit for the year ended 28 February 20.7
Dividends received – W Ltd 7 000 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 3 000
(3 000)(c)
Ordinary dividends paid – V Ltd
10 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-controlling interests in ordinary dividends
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 10 800 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
10 800 10 800(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends for the year ended 28 February 20.7
232
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Dr Cr NCI R R R *Dividends received – W Ltd 2 400
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 21 600
(21 600)(d)
Preference dividends paid – V Ltd
24 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends
10% Debentures – V Ltd 4 000 10% Debentures – W Ltd
4 000
Elimination of intragroup debentures
Dividends payable – V Ltd (10 000 x 70%) 7 000 Loan account in W Ltd – V Ltd
7 000
Transfer of dividends payable to loan account
Loan account V Ltd – W Ltd 21 000 Loan account W Ltd – V Ltd
21 000
Elimination of intragroup loans (Please note: the two loan accounts of the parent
and the subsidiary balance on R21 000.)
Interest received on debentures – W Ltd 400 Interest paid on debentures – V Ltd
400
Elimination of intragroup interest on debentures (4 000 x 10%)
170 220(e)
COMMENTS
The only difference between example two and three is that the dividends have been declared
and paid in example three. There is an additional journal (*) to eliminate the intragroup
dividend. Remember that we must subtract the dividend of R2 400 that the parent received
(income) from the profit before tax in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income to eliminate it there.
233
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
3
9.4 EXERCISES
Now that you have studied group statements, you can work through the following three
exercises:
QUESTION 1
The following represent the condensed statement of financial position of K Ltd and its
subsidiary, L Ltd, as at 28 February 20.2:
K Ltd
L Ltd
R
R
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings at cost 80 000
75 000 Investment in L Ltd at fair value 130 000
-
– 32 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R117 000) 117 000
-
– 8 000 8% cumulative preference shares
(cost price: R13 000) 13 000
-
Loan – K Ltd -
20 000 Current assets 45 000
72 000
– Trade and other receivables 30 000
53 000
– Inventories 15 000
19 000
255 000
167 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital 140 000 120 000
– Ordinary shares (50 000/40 000 shares) 100 000 100 000 – 8% cumulative preference shares (40 000/20 000 shares) 40 000 20 000
Retained earnings 45 000
34 000 Loan – L Ltd 16 000
-
Current liabilities – trade and other payables 54 000 13 000
255 000 167 000
Additional information
1. K Ltd acquired its total interest in L Ltd on 1 March 20.1, on which date the retained
earnings of L Ltd was R20 000.
2. On the date of acquisition, it was decided to revalue L Ltd's land and buildings upwards
with an amount of R20 000. Consider the carrying amount of all the other assets and
liabilities of L Ltd to be equal to the fair value thereof.
3. L Ltd's preference dividends are in arrears for the 20.2 financial year.
4. With effect from 1 March 20.1, K Ltd purchased some of its inventories from L Ltd. L Ltd
sold its inventories to K Ltd at cost plus 331%. On 28 February 20.2, K Ltd had inventories
to the value of R5 000 on hand, which it had purchased from L Ltd.
5. On 2 January 20.2, K Ltd sold a non-depreciable asset with a cost price of R10 000 to L
Ltd at cost plus 25%.
234
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
6. Cash to the value of R4 000 in respect of the last consignment of inventories that K Ltd
purchased from L Ltd was still in transit on 28 February 20.2.
7. Each share carries one vote.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated statement of financial position of the K Ltd Group as at
28 February 20.2 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS). Notes are not required. (Show all your calculations.)
QUESTION 2
The following balances were taken from the records of P Ltd and D Ltd for the year ended
30 June 20.9:
P Ltd
D Ltd
R
R
Debits
Property at cost 600 000
160 000 Equipment at cost 300 000
180 000
Inventories 100 000
80 000 Investment in D Ltd at fair value
– 30 000 ordinary shares (cost price: R204 000) 204 000
- Bank – O Bank 1 200
12 000
Trade and other receivables 124 400
406 800 Income tax expense 190 000
170 000
Provisional tax payments 100 000
90 000 Loan to parent (interest-free) -
140 000
Dividends paid – ordinary shares 40 000
30 000 – preference shares 12 000 7 500
1 671 600 1 276 300
Credits
Share capital
– Ordinary shares (100 000/50 000 shares) 240 000
120 000
– 15% cumulative preference shares 80 000
50 000
(80 000/50 000 shares) Retained earnings at beginning of the year 150 000
118 000
Accumulated depreciation
– equipment 128 000
94 000 Bank overdraft – B Bank 48 000
-
Trade and other payables 175 600
238 300 Taxation payable 190 000
170 000
Loan from subsidiary 120 000
- Profit before tax 540 000 486 000
1 671 600 1 276 300
235
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Additional information
1. P Ltd acquired its interest in D Ltd on 1 July 20.5. At that date, D Ltd's retained earnings
amounted to R35 000. P Ltd paid R204 000 of which R75 000 was for goodwill. The
balance was attributable to the revaluation of D Ltd's property. The carrying amount of all
the other assets and liabilities were equal to the fair value thereof. At the date of
acquisition, there was no arrear preference dividend. Each share carries one vote.
2. P Ltd has bought all its inventories from D Ltd since 1 July 20.8. D Ltd made a profit of 25%
on the cost price of inventories sold to P Ltd.
3. D Ltd paid no preference dividends for the period 1 July 20.5 to 30 June 20.7. On
30 June 20.8, D Ltd paid a preference dividend of R22 500.
4. On 29 June 20.9, D Ltd sent goods to the value of R20 000 to P Ltd, which P Ltd only
received on 3 July 20.9.
5. On 2 January 20.8, P Ltd sold a machine to D Ltd at a profit of R40 000. It is group policy to
provide for depreciation at 25% per annum according to the reducing balance method.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the P Ltd Group for the
year ended 30 June 20.9 in accordance with the requirements of
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). No notes are required.
Ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or losses as well as capital gains
tax.
236
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
QUESTION 3
The following balances were extracted from the records of J Ltd and T Ltd at
31 December 20.3:
J Ltd
T Ltd
Debits R
R Land and buildings at cost 150 000
180 000
Machinery
- Cost price 128 400
180 000
- Accumulated depreciation (59 600)
(95 900)
Patents at carrying amount 7 600
9 500 Investment in T Ltd
- 70 000 ordinary shares at fair value
(cost price: R125 000) 125 000
-
- 40 000 6% cumulative preference shares
at fair value (cost price: R50 000) 50 000
- - 20 000 debentures at fair value (cost price: R20 000) 20 000
-
Loan account T Ltd 53 400
- Inventories 62 000
62 000
Provisional tax payments 14 000
17 000 Trade and other receivables 72 000
100 000
Cash in bank 69 000
-
691 800
452 600
J Ltd
T Ltd
Credits R
R Ordinary shares (320 000/100 000 shares) 352 000
100 000
6% cumulative preference shares (10 000/80 000 shares) 10 000
80 000 Retained earnings 130 450
80 100
6% Debentures -
50 000 Loan account J Ltd -
50 000
Trade and other payables 174 350
36 500 Bank overdraft -
40 000
Tax payable 25 000
16 000
691 800
452 600
237
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.3
J Ltd
T Ltd
R R
Gross profit 106 300 97 900 Expenses (36 800)
(29 000)
Auditors' remuneration 2 000
1 000 Depreciation 19 800
10 400
Staff costs 15 000
13 000 Interest on debentures -
3 000
Interest on bank overdraft -
1 600
69 500
68 900
Other income 10 600 -
Interest received on debentures 1 200
- Preference dividends received 2 400
-
Ordinary dividends received 7 000
-
Profit before tax 80 100
68 900 Income tax expense (25 000)
(16 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 55 100
52 900 Other comprehensive income for the year - -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 55 100
52 900
238
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
220
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.3
Ordinary share capital
6% cumulative preference share
capital
Retained earnings
Total
J Ltd
T Ltd
J Ltd
T Ltd
J Ltd
T Ltd
J Ltd
T Ltd
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Balance at 1 January 20.3 352 000
100 000
10 000
80 000
95 950
42 000
457 950
222 000 Changes in equity for 20.3
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year 55 100 52 900 55 100 52 900 Dividend paid: ordinary
(20 000)
(10 000)
(20 000)
(10 000)
Dividend paid: preference
(600)
(4 800)
(600)
(4 800)
Balance at 31 December 20.3 352 000
100 000
10 000
80 000
130 450
80 100
492 450
260 100
Additional information
1. On 1 January 20.1, J Ltd acquired 70 000 ordinary shares and 40 000 6% cumulative preference shares in T Ltd. All the assets and
liabilities were considered to be reasonably valued, with the exception of the land and buildings, which were valued at R250 000. No
purchases or sales of land and buildings have taken place since then. No adjustment has been made in respect of this yet.
2. At the date of acquisition, the subsidiary had retained earnings of R8 000. No preference dividends were in arrears at acquisition.
3. J Ltd supplied goods to its subsidiary at cost plus 20%. Particulars of goods supplied to T Ltd by J Ltd during the year ended
31 December 20.3 were as follows:
R
Inventories 1 January 20.3 12 000
Purchases during the year 120 000
Inventories at 31 December 20.3 4 800
On 27 December 20.3, J Ltd sent goods to T Ltd which were invoiced at R1 800. However, T Ltd only received these goods on
5 January 20.4, and therefore the goods were not taken into inventories at 31 December 20.3.
4. T Ltd sent R1 600 to J Ltd on 28 December 20.3. J Ltd only received and banked this amount on 4 January 20.4.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
5. J Ltd sold certain machinery to T Ltd at a price of R10 000 above the carrying amount after the date of acquisition of its interest in T Ltd.
T Ltd provides for depreciation on machinery at 20% per annum on cost price, based on the assumption that the machine will still have
five years of service left as from the date of purchase, namely 1 January 20.2.
6. Each ordinary share carries one vote.
7. The retained earnings to the amount of R42 000 as at 1 January 20.3 includes the preference dividends paid for the year-end
31 December 20.2.
REQUIRED
Draft the consolidated annual financial statements of the J Ltd Group for the year ended 31 December 20.3 in compliance
with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Ignore taxation on unrealised profits and/or
losses as well as capital gains tax.
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
241
SOLUTIONS
QUESTION 1
K LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.2
R
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment [80 000 + 75 000 + 20 000 (revaluation) 172 500
– 2 500(5)]
Goodwill (5 000 + 5 000)(1) 10 000
182 500
Current assets
Trade and other receivables (30 000 + 53 000) 83 000 Inventories (15 000 + 19 000 − 1 250(4)) 32 750 Cash and cash equivalents 4 000
119 750
Total assets 302 250
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to the owners of the parent
Share capital (100 000 + 40 000) 140 000 Retained earnings 52 060
(45 000 − 2 500(5) + 8 920(2) + 640(2))
192 060
Non-controlling interests (30 230 + 12 960)(3)/(a) 43 190
Total equity 235 250
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (54 000 + 13 000) 67 000
Total equity and liabilities 302 250
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
* 32,000
3 3
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of L Ltd
40,000 x 100% = 80%
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Ordinary share capital
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
Equity represented by goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To end of current year
Retained earnings
Given
At acquisition
Arrear preference dividends 20.2
Unrealised profit in closing
inventories (331 /1331 x 5 000)
Total
K Ltd 80 %* NCI
20 % At Since
R
100 000
20 000
20 000
R
80 000
16 000
16 000
R R
20 000
4 000
4 000
140 000
5 000
112 000
5 000(1)
8 920
28 000
-
145 000
11 150
117 000 28 000
2 230
34 000
(20 000)
(1 600)
(1 250)(4)
156 150 8 920(2) 30 230(3)
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
* 8,000
Preference shares
At acquisition
Preference share capital
Equity represented by goodwill -
.parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To end of current year
Arrear preference dividend 20.2
Total
K Ltd 40 %* NCI
60 % At Since
R
20 000
R
8 000
R R
12 000
5 000
5 000(1)
640
-
25 000
1 600
13 000 12 000
960
26 600 640(2) 12 960(3)
20,000 x 100% = 40%
2. Profit on sale of non-depreciable asset
Cost price R10 000
Profit 25%
Profit to be eliminated 10 000 x 25% = R2 500(5)
3. Entries in the financial records of L Ltd
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Land and buildings 20 000 Revaluation surplus
20 000
Recording of the revaluation of land and buildings in L Ltd
Bank (cash in transit) 4 000 Loan K Ltd
4 000
Recording of cash in transit from K Ltd to L Ltd
243
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
4. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital – ordinary shares 100 000 Revaluation surplus 20 000 Retained earnings 20 000 Goodwill 5 000 Investment in L Ltd
117 000
Non-controlling interests
28 000 28 000
Elimination of owners' equity of L Ltd at acquisition
Cost of sales – L Ltd 1 250
Inventories – K Ltd
1 250
Elimination of unrealised profit on closing inventory
Profit on sale of property – K Ltd 2 500
Property – L Ltd
2 500
Elimination of unrealised profit included in L Ltd's property
Loan L Ltd – K Ltd 16 000 Loan K Ltd – L Ltd
16 000
Elimination of intragroup loan accounts
Retained earnings 2 230 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
2 230 2 230
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit/(loss)
Share capital – preference shares
20 000 Goodwill 5 000 Investment in L Ltd
13 000
Non-controlling interests
12 000 12 000
Elimination of owners' equity of L Ltd at acquisition – preference shares
Retained earnings – preference shares 960 Non-controlling interests
960 960
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends for the period ended 28 February 20.2
43 190(a)
COMMENTS
On consolidation, we add the parent's retained earnings (100%) to the subsidiary's retained
earnings, but limited to the parent's share in the subsidiary's equity. We will disclose the non-
controlling interests' portion separately under non-controlling interests in the statement of
changes in equity. We will include only the "since acquisition date" portion of the subsidiary's
retained earnings which we obtained from the analysis. We eliminated the "at acquisition
date" portion against the investment in the subsidiary. We have already taken the unrealised
244
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
profits the subsidiary made into account in the analysis. However, we must account for the
unrealised profit of R2 500 that the parent made on the sale of the property additionally in
retained earnings.
QUESTION 2
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 20.9
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment [(600 000 + 160 000 + 60 000) + 1 051 750
(300 000 + 180 000 − 40 000) − (128 000 + 94 000 − 5 000(4) − 8 750(5))] Goodwill (6)75 000
1 126 750
Current assets
Inventories (100 000 + 80 000 + 20 000 − 24 000) 176 000 Trade and other receivables (124 400 + 406 800) 531 200 Cash and cash equivalents (1 200 + 12 000) 13 200
720 400
Total assets 1 847 150
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital (240 000 + 80 000) 320 000 Retained earnings (8)624 250
944 250
Non-controlling interests (221 000 + 50 000)(7)/(e) 271 000
Total equity 1 215 250
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft 48 000 Trade and other payables (175 600 + 238 300) 413 900 Tax payable (190 000 + 170 000 - 100 000 - 90 000) 170 000
Total liabilities 631 900
Total equity and liabilities 1 847 150
245
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
P LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.9
R
Profit before tax (calculation 2) 992 750 Income tax expense (190 000 + 170 000) (360 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 632 750 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 632 750
Total comprehensive income attributable to: Owners of the parent (632 750 − 121 300) 511 450 Non-controlling interests (113 800 + 7 500)(2)/(b) 121 300
632 750
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 20.9
Ordinaryshare capital
15% cum. prefe-rence share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non-control-
ling interests
Total equity
R R R R R R
Balance at 1 July 20.8 240 000
80 000
164 800*
484 800
169 200(a)
654 000
Changes in equity for 20.9
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
511 450 511 450 121 300(b)
632 750
Dividend paid: ordinary
(40 000)
(40 000)
(12 000)(c)
(52 000)
Dividend paid: preference
(12 000)
(12 000)
(7 500)(d)
(19 500)
Balance at 30 June 2 .9 240 000
80 000 (8)
624 250 944 250
271 000
(e)
1 215 250
* (150 000 + 49 800
(1) – 40 000
(3) + 5 000
(4) )
246
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Calculations
1. Analysis of owners' equity of D Ltd
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Retained earnings
Revaluation surplus
Equity represented by goodwill - parent
Consideration and NCI#
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings (118 000 - 35 000)
• Current year
Profit for the year
Profit after tax
(486 000 -170 000)
Unrealised profit in inventories
(120 000 x 25 )
Preference dividend
Ordinary dividends paid
Total
P Ltd 60 %* NCI
40 % At Since
R
120 000
35 000
60 000*
R
72 000
21 000
36 000
R R
48 000
14 000
24 000
215 000
75 000
129 000
75 000(6)
49 800(1)
170 700
(18 000)
86 000
-
290 000
83 000
284 500
316 000
(24 000)
(7 500)
(30 000)
204 000 86 000
33 200
113 800(2)
(12 000)
627 500 202 500 221 000(7)
* 30 000/50 000 shares x 100% = 60%
R
# P Ltd paid 204 000 Goodwill (75 000)
60% investment 129 000
129 000 − (72 000 + 21 000) = 36 000 (60%)
36 000 x 100 = 60 000 60
125
247
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Preference shares
At acquisition
Preference share capital
Since acquisition
• Current year
Profit attributable to preference owners
Preference dividend paid
Total
P Ltd 0 % NCI
10% At Since
R
50 000
7 500
(7 500)
R
-
R
-
R
50 000
7 500(2)
(7 500)
50 000 - - 50 000(7)
2 Profit before tax
R
Profit – P Ltd
540 000
Dividends received from D Ltd (30 000 x 60%)
(18 000)
Adjustment for depreciation (calculation 3)
8 750
Profit – D Ltd
486 000
Unrealised profit in closing inventories
(24 000)
992 750
3 Depreciation
Profit – 2 January 20.8
40 000(3)
Depreciation adjustment in 20.8 (40 000 x 6 x 25%)
(5 000)(4)
35 000
Depreciation adjustment in 20.9 (35 000 x 25%)
(8 750)(5)
4 Entry in D Ltd's financial records
Land and buildings 60 000
Revaluation surplus
60 000
Recording of the revaluation of land and buildings in D Ltd
5 Entry in P Ltd's financial records
Inventories 20 000
Loan account D Ltd
20 000
Recording of inventories sent to P Ltd
12
248
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
6 Pro-forma consolidated journal entries Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Share capital – ordinary shares 120 000
Revaluation surplus 60 000
Retained earnings 35 000
Goodwill 75 000
Investment in D Ltd
204 000
Non-controlling interests
86 000 86 000
Elimination of owners' equity of D Ltd at acquisition
Retained earnings 33 200
Non-controlling interests
33 200 33 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in retained earnings for the period ended 30 June 20.8
Share capital – preference shares 50 000
Non-controlling interests
50 000 50 000
Elimination of owners' equity of D Ltd at acquisition
– preference shares
169 200(a)
Cost of sales – D Ltd 24 000
Inventories – P Ltd
24 000
Elimination of unrealised profit on closing inventory
Retained earnings – P Ltd 40 000
Machinery – D Ltd
40 000
Elimination of unrealised profit included in
D Ltd's machinery
Accumulated depreciation – D Ltd 13 750
Retained earnings – P Ltd
5 000
Depreciation – P Ltd
8 750
Elimination of the depreciation associated with the
profit on sale of machinery
Loan D Ltd – P Ltd 140 000
Loan P Ltd – D Ltd
140 000
Elimination of intragroup loan accounts
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 113 800
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
113 800 113 800(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after
tax
Dividends received – P Ltd 18 000
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 12 000
(12 000)(c)
Ordinary dividends paid – D Ltd
30 000
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording
of non-controlling interests in ordinary dividends
249
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Dividends received – P Ltd NIL
Non-controlling interests (SFP) 7 500
(7 500)(d)
Preference dividends paid – D Ltd
7 500
Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording
of non-controlling interests in preference dividends
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 7 500
Non-controlling interests (SFP)
7 500 (7 500)(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference
dividend for the period ended 30 June 20.9
271 000(e)
COMMENTS
It is still advisable to do the analysis of preference owners, even though the parent does not
hold any preference shares of the subsidiary because of the following:
- We should still allocate the preference share capital of R50 000 to non-controlling
interests.
- We should still allocate the non-controlling owners' share of profit of R7 500 to them in
the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
250
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
QUESTION 3
J LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.3
R
ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment [(150 000 + 250 000) + 564 000
298 400 (calculation 4) − 151 500 (calculation 4) + (7 600 + 9 500)] Goodwill (400(2) + 10 000(2)) 10 400
574 400
Current assets Inventories [62 000 + 62 000 + 1 800 (in transit) − 1 100 (unrealised profit)] 124 700
Trade and other receivables (72 000 + 100 000) 172 000 Cash and cash equivalents [69 000 + 1 600 (in transit)] 70 600
367 300
Total assets 941 700
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital (352 000 + 10 000) 362 000 Retained earnings 173 820
535 820
Non-controlling interests (75 030 + 40 000)(4)/(e) 115 030
Total equity 650 850
Non-current liabilities Long-term borrowing – 6% debentures (50 000 − 20 000) 30 000
30 000
Current liabilities Trade and other payables (174 350 + 36 500) 210 850
Bank overdraft 40 000 Tax payable (25 000 + 16 000 − 14 000 − 17 000) 10 000
260 850
Total liabilities 290 850
Total equity and liabilities 941 700
251
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
J LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.3
Note R
Gross profit (calculation 2)
205 100 Administrative expenses [2 000 + 1 000 + 19 800 + 10 400 −
(59 200)
(10 000 x 20%) + 15 000 + 13 000]
Finance costs [3 000 + 1 600 − (3 000 x 40%)]
(3 400)
Profit before tax 1 142 500 Income tax expense (25 000 + 16 000)
(41 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
101 500 Other comprehensive income for the year
-
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
101 500
Total comprehensive income attributable to: R Owners of the parent (101 500 − 16 830) 84 670 Non-controlling interest (14 430 + 2 400)(1)/(b) 16 830
101 500
J LTD GROUP
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 20.3
1. Profit before tax
R
Profit before tax is arrived at after taking into account the following:
Expenses Auditors' remuneration (2 000 + 1 000) 3 000
Depreciation 28 200 [19 800 + 10 400 − (10 000 x 20%)]
Staff costs (15 000 + 13 000) 28 000
252
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
J LTD GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 20.3
Share capital
15% cum preference
share capital
Retained earnings
Total
Non- controlling interests
Total equity
R R
R
R R
R
Balance at 1 January 20.3 352 000
10 000
109 750*
471 750
103 600(a)
575 350
Changes in equity for 20.3
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
84 670 84 670 16 830(b)
101 500
Dividends paid: ordinary
(20 000)
(20 000)
(3 000)(c)
(23 000)
Dividend paid: preference
(600)
(600)
(2 400)(d)
(3 000)
Balance at 31 December 20.3 352 000
10 000
173 820
535 820
115 030(e)
650 850
* calculation 3
Calculations 1. Analysis of owners' equity of T Ltd
Ordinary shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
Equity represented by goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• To beginning of current year
Retained earnings
Given (42 000 – 8 000)
• Current year
Profit after tax and preference
dividend (52 900 - 4 800)
Ordinary dividend paid
Total
J Ltd 70 %* NCI
30 % At Since
R
100 000
70 000
8 000
R
70 000
49 000
5 600
R R
30 000
21 000
2 400
178 000
400
124 600
400(2)
23 800(3)
33 670
(7 000)
53 400
-
178 400
34 000
48 100
(10 000)
125 000 53 400
10 200
14 430(1)
(3 000)
250 500 50 470 75 030(4)
* 70 000/100 000 shares x 100% = 70%
253
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Cumulative preference shares
At acquisition
Share capital
Equity attributable to goodwill -
parent
Consideration and NCI
Since acquisition
• Current year
Profit attributable to preference
owners
Preference dividend paid
Total J Ltd 50 %* NCI
50 % At Since
R
80 000
R
40 000
R R
40 000
10 000
10 000(2)
2 400
(2 400)
-
90 000
4 800
(4 800)
50 000 40 000
2 400(1)
(2 400)
90 000 - 40 000(4)
* 40 000/80 000 shares x 100% = 50%
2. Gross profit
R
Profit – J Ltd 106 300 – T Ltd 97 900
Unrealised profit in opening inventories (12 000 x 20) 2 000 Unrealised profit in closing inventories [(4 800 + 1 800) x 20 ] (1 100)
205 100
3. Retained earnings at the beginning of the year
Retained earnings – J Ltd 95 950 – T Ltd(3) 23 800
Profit on sale of machinery (10 000) Depreciation adjustment on machinery sold 2 000
(10 000 x 20% x 1 year)
Unrealised profit in opening inventories (2 000)
109 750
120
120
254
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
4. Machinery
R
Cost price – J Ltd 128 400 – T Ltd 180 000 – profit on sale (10 000)
298 400
Accumulated depreciation – J Ltd 59 600 – T Ltd 95 900 – depreciation on machinery sold
– 20.2 (2 000)
– 20.3 (2 000)
151 500
5. Entries in T Ltd's financial records
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Land and buildings 70 000 Revaluation surplus
70 000
Recording of the revaluation of land and buildings in D Ltd
Inventories 1 800 Loan account J Ltd
1 800
Recording of inventories sent to P Ltd
6. Entries J Ltd's financial records
Bank – cash in transit 1 600 Loan account T Ltd
1 600
Recording of cash sent by T Ltd to J Ltd
7. Pro-forma consolidated journal entries
Share capital – ordinary shares 100 000
Revaluation surplus 70 000
Retained earnings 8 000
Goodwill 400
Investment in T Ltd
125 000
Non-controlling interests
53 400 53 400
Elimination of owners' equity of T Ltd at acquisition
255
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
Retained earnings 10 200 Non-controlling interests
10 200 10 200
Recording of non-controlling interests in retained earnings for the period ended 31 December 20.2
Share capital – preference shares 80 000 Goodwill 10 000 Investment in T Ltd
50 000
Non-controlling interests
40 000 40 000
Elimination of owners' equity of T Ltd at acquisition – preference shares
103 600(a)
Income – sales – J Ltd 120 000 Cost of sales – T Ltd
120 000
Elimination of intragroup sales
Cost of sales – J Ltd 1 100 Inventories – T Ltd
1 100
Elimination of unrealised profit on closing inventory
Retained earnings – J Ltd 2 000 Cost of sales – J Ltd
2 000
Elimination of unrealised profit on opening inventory
Retained earnings – J Ltd 10 000 Machinery – T Ltd
10 000
Elimination of unrealised profit included in T Ltd's machinery
Accumulated depreciation – T Ltd 4 000 Retained earnings – J Ltd
2 000
Depreciation – J Ltd
2 000
Elimination of the depreciation associated with the profit on sale of machinery
Loan J Ltd – T Ltd 51 800 Loan T Ltd – J Ltd
51 800
Elimination of intragroup loan accounts
256
FAC2602 / Learning unit 9
242
Dr Cr NCI
R R R
6% Debentures – T Ltd 20 000 6% Debentures – J Ltd
20 000
Elimination of intragroup debentures
Interest on debentures received – J Ltd 1 200 Interest on debentures paid – T Ltd
1 200
Elimination of intragroup interests on debentures
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 14 430 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 14 430 14 430(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in profit after tax
Dividends received – J Ltd 7 000 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 3 000
(3 000)(c)
Ordinary dividends paid – T Ltd
10 000 Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-
controlling interests in ordinary dividends
Dividends received – J Ltd 2 400 Non-controlling interests (SFP) 2 400
(2 400)(d)
Preference dividends paid – T Ltd
4 800 Elimination of intragroup dividends and recording of non-
controlling interests in preference dividends
Non-controlling interests (SCI) 2 400 Non-controlling interests (SFP)
2 400 2 400(b)
Recording of non-controlling interests in preference dividends
115 030(e)
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this learning unit, are you able to
calculate the parent's percentage interest in the preference share capital
of the subsidiary?
record any preference dividends a subsidiary paid or declared in the
consolidated annual financial statements in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)?
record arrear cumulative preference dividends payable/paid by a
subsidiary in the consolidated annual financial statements in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)?
do the pro-forma consolidation journal entries?
257
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
259
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Students should be able to draft the statement of cash flows for a company in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
OVERVIEW
The study unit is divided into the following:
1.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 260
1.2 PURPOSE AND PRESENTATION OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS ............. 261
1.3 ELEMENTS AND FRAMEWORK OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS ............... 261
SELF-ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 284
KEY CONCEPTS
Cash
Cash flow equivalents
Cash flow
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
draft a statement of cash flows, with accompanying notes, for a company by
means of the direct method in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS)
draft a statement of cash flows, with accompanying notes, for a company using
the indirect method in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
260
1.1 INTRODUCTION
In Accounting I, we introduced you to company annual financial statements. You studied
aspects such as the statement of financial position and the statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income. In Accounting II, you will be studying the above aspects in
greater detail and will acquire knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS).
Although the sections of the Companies Act and the IFRS statements are very important for
your studies, we do not expect you to read them all. However, in order to equip you thoroughly,
we will refer to them in the learning unit from time to time.
Cash flow information involves the meaningful presentation of the cash that the entity
generated and applied. We present this information to the readers of financial statements in
the form of a statement of cash flows.
A complete set of financial statements comprises of the following:
statement of financial position
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
statements of changes in equity
statement of cash flows
notes
Users of financial statements are interested in the information on cash flow, which can be
derived from the statement of cash flows. As the name indicates, this statement has to do with
the cash flows in an enterprise, which implies that we omit all the items in the annual
financial statements that have nothing to do with the cash flow when we compile the
statement of cash flows.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
261
1.2 PURPOSE AND PRESENTATION OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
The purpose of the statement of cash flows is to provide information to the various users of
financial statements. Each enterprise presents its cash flows from operations, investment and
financing in the way most suitable for its business.
The following would be a logical presentation:
Net cash flow from operating activities
- cash receipts from customers
- cash paid to suppliers and employees
- investment income
- interest paid
- income tax paid
- dividends paid
-.proceeds from the sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: held for
asdtrading
Net cash flow from investing activities
Net cash flow from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Operating activities are the principal income-producing activities of the enterprise as well as
other activities which are not investing or financing activities.
Investing activities include the acquisition and sale of non-current assets and other
investments not included in cash flow equivalents.
Financing activities are activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the
equity capital and borrowings to the enterprise.
1.3 ELEMENTS AND FRAMEWORK OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
The elements of a statement of cash flows are the following:
operating activities
investing activities
financing activities
Operating activities
The amount of cash arising from operating activities is a key indicator of the extent to which the
operations of the entity have generated sufficient cash to repay loans, maintain the operating
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
262
capability of the entity, pay dividends and make new investments without recourse to external
financing.
Cash flows from operating activities are derived primarily from the principal revenue-producing
activities of the entity. Therefore, they generally result from the transactions and other events
that determine profit or loss. The following are examples of cash flows from operating
activities:
cash receipts from the sale of goods and the rendering of services
cash payments to suppliers for goods and services
cash payments to and on behalf of employees
cash payments and refunds in respect of income taxes
Investing activities
It is important to disclose cash flows from investing activities because they represent the
extent to which payments have been made for resources intended to generate future receipts
and cash flows.
The following are examples of cash flows arising from investing activities:
cash payments to acquire property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets
cash receipts from sales of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets
Financing activities
It is important to disclose cash flows arising from financing activities because they are useful in
predicting claims from providers of capital to the entity on future cash flows.
The following are examples of cash flows arising from financing activities:
cash proceeds from issuing shares
cash payments to owners to acquire or redeem the entity's shares
cash proceeds from issuing debentures, loans, mortgage bonds and current or non-current
borrowings
cash repayments for amounts borrowed
We can represent a statement of cash flows schematically as follows:
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
263
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
minus
CASH APPLIED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
plus/minus
CASH INFLOW/(OUTFLOW) FROM
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
is represented by, or is equal to
net increase/(decrease) in CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
We do not compile the statement of cash flows from separate transactions. To draft a
statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 20.8, we use the following:
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended
31 December 20.8
statements of financial position as at 31 December 20.7 and 31 December 20.8
additional information
Remember: amounts that are not in brackets represent the inflow of cash, and
amounts in brackets represent the outflow of cash.
An enterprise should report cash flow from operating activities by means of either the direct or
the indirect method.
If it uses the direct method, it will disclose the principal categories of gross cash proceeds
and gross cash payments. On the other hand, if it uses the indirect method, profit or loss is
adjusted for the effect of non-cash transactions as well as any deferrals or accruals of
previous or future operating cash receipts or payments and income or expenditure items
which are related to investment or financing cash flow.
The only difference between the direct and indirect method lies in the presentation of the section
dealing with cash flow from operating activities. The sections dealing with investing and
financing activities remain in the same format irrespective of the method used.
Study the following frameworks of the two methods:
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
264
FRAMEWORK OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
DIRECT METHOD
R
R
Cash flows from operating activities Cash receipts from customers xxx
Cash paid to suppliers and employees (xxx)
Cash generated from operations xxx
Interest received xxx
Interest paid (xxx)
Dividends received xxx
Dividends paid (xxx)
Tax paid (xxx)
Proceeds from the sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or
loss: held for trading (such as listed shares) xxx
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities
xxx Cash flows from investing activities
Investment to maintain production capacity (xxx)
Replacement of non-current assets xxx
Investment to expand production capacity (xxx)
Additions to non-current assets xxx
Proceeds from the sale of property,plant and equipment xxx
Proceeds from the sale of investments (such as in equity shares or loans) xxx
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities
(xxx) Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of shares xxx
Proceeds from long-term borrowings/debentures xxx
Repayment of loans (xxx) Redemption of redeemable preference shares (xxx)
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
xxx
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
xxx Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
xxx
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
xxx
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
265
FRAMEWORK OF A STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
INDIRECT METHOD
Cash flows from operating activities R
R Profit before tax xxx
Adjustments for:
Depreciation xxx
Loss on sale of non-current assets xxx
Profit on sale of non-current assets (xxx)
Investment income (xxx)
Interest expense xxx
xxx
Changes in working capital xxx
Decrease/(Increase) in inventory xxx
Decrease/(Increase) in trade and other receivables xxx
(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables (xxx)
Cash generated from operations xxx
Interest received xxx
Interest paid (xxx)
Dividends received xxx
Dividends paid (xxx)
Tax paid (xxx)
Proceeds from the sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: held for trading (such as listed shares)
xxx
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities
xxx Cash flows from investing activities
Investment to maintain production capacity (xxx)
Replacement of non-current assets xxx
Investment to expand production capacity (xxx)
Additions to non-current assets xxx
Proceeds from the sale of property,plant and equipment xxx
Proceeds from the sale of investments (such as in equity shares or loans)
xxx
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities
(xxx) Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of shares xxx
Proceeds from long-term borrowings/debentures xxx
Repayment of loans (xxx)
Redemption of redeemable preference shares (xxx)
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
xxx
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
xxx Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
xxx
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
xxx
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
266
We will use the following example throughout the learning unit to illustrate certain aspects of
cash flow information:
The following balances appear in the books of Ross Ltd for the financial year ended 30 June:
20.6
20.5
R
R Land and buildings 350 000
340 000
Plant and machinery 105 000
124 000 Motor vehicles 108 900
67 300
Financial assets at amortised cost -
25 200 Inventory 67 000
50 000
Trade and other receivables 37 400
50 000 Prepaid expenses 500
2 600
Bank 2 000
-
670 800
659 100
Share capital (280 000/250 000 shares)
292 000
258 200
Long-term borrowings -
80 000
Revaluation surplus – land and buildings 15 000
-
Retained earnings 188 700
220 000
10% R200 Debentures 40 000
-
Tax payable 23 300
46 600
Ordinary dividends payable 16 800
-
Accumulated depreciation
- Plant and machinery 27 000
18 000
- Motor vehicles 27 200
10 000
Trade and other payables 38 800
26 000
Accrued interest 2 000
-
Bank overdraft -
300
670 800
659 100
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
267
ROSS LTD
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE
YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.6
R
Revenue 500 000 Cost of sales (250 000)
Gross profit 250 000 Other income (3 000 + 2 000) 5 000 Administrative expenses (78 200 + 63 600) (141 800) Selling expenses (87 400) Other costs (8 000) Finance cost (7 300)
Profit before tax 10 500 Income tax expense -
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 10 500 Other comprehensive income for the year -
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 10 500
Additional information 1. The long-term borrowing bears interest at 12% per annum, payable in arrears, and was
repaid on 31 December 20.5. Interest did not qualify for capitalisation.
2. In December 20.5, a piece of land that cost R15 000 was sold for its carrying amount and
replaced with another piece of land. On 30 June 20.6, the remaining land was revalued.
These were the only transactions in respect of land and buildings for the current financial
year.
3. During the current financial year, a machine with a carrying amount of R51 000 was sold at
a loss of R8 000 and replaced with a new machine which cost R62 000. The total
depreciation on plant and machinery for the current financial year amounted to R39 000.
4. A motor vehicle with a cost price of R14 400 on which depreciation of R7 400 had
already been written off was traded in for R9 000 on a new vehicle that cost R35 000.
5. No other machines or motor vehicles were sold during the year, but one additional motor
vehicle was purchased.
6. The provision for tax for the current financial year was R15 000. This includes an
underprovision of R5 100 for the 20.5 tax year.
7. New shares were issued on 30 April 20.6.
8. On 31 December 20.5, an interim ordinary dividend of 4c per share was declared and paid.
9. Ordinary dividends of 6c per share were declared on 30 June 20.6.
10. The financial assets were sold at amortised cost on 1 July 20.5. These shares were
purchased without the intention of short-term profit taking as part of the business model.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
268
11. During the year, dividends to the value of R3 000 were received.
Cash flows from operating activities (using the direct method)
Cash receipts from customers
Please note: This amount is determined by reconstructing the trade and other receivables
account.
Cash receipts from customers
Trade and other receivables
R R
Balance b/d 50 000 Bank* 512 600
Sales 500 000 Balance c/d 37 400
550 000 550 000
* Balancing figure
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
We calculate this amount by comparing the figures for inventory and trade and other payables
as given in the two statements of financial position. If inventory increased from one year to the
next, the effect on cash flow would be negative, as it implies more cash flowed out to
purchase inventory. If the figure of trade and other payables increased from one year to the
next, this means that less cash flowed out to pay creditors and the figure would then be positive
in respect of cash flow. All purchases of inventory and expenses which were paid for in cash
are also included in the calculation.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
269
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
R R
Balances b/d Balance b/d
Inventory 50 000 Trade and other payables 26 000
Prepaid
expenses
2 600 Cost of sales 250 000
Bank* 417 700 Administrative
Balance c/d expenses 78 200
Trade and other payables 38 800 Selling expenses 87 400
Balances c/d
Inventory 67 000
Prepaid expenses 500
509 100 509 100
* Balancing figure
Depreciation to the value of R63 600 does not give rise to a cash flow.
Plant and machinery 39 000 (given)
Vehicles 24 600 [27 200 − (10 000 − 7 400)]
63 600
Cash generated from operations
We obtain this amount by subtracting the cash paid to suppliers and employees from cash
receipts from customers.
Interest paid, dividends received and paid and normal tax paid
The company normally make all payments to the South African Revenue Service (SARS) and
to suppliers of funds from cash generated by operating activities. We should therefore disclose
interest paid as well as tax and dividends paid during a year separately from cash generated
by operating activities.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
270
Dividends paid R Unpaid amount at beginning of period (statement of financial position 20.5)
Amount debited against income* (total dividends declared for 20.6) 26 800 Unpaid amount at end of period (statement of financial position 20.6) (16 800)
10 000
*Ordinary dividends - Interim (250 000 x 4c) 10 000
- Final (280 000 x 6c) 16 800
26 800
Tax paid
Unpaid amount at beginning of period (statement of financial position 20.5) 46 600 Amount debited against income (additional information 6) 15 000 Unpaid amount at end of period (statement of financial position 20.6) (23 300)
38 300
We can now complete the section described as cash flows from operating activities using the
direct method:
Cash flows from operating activities (according to the direct method):
ROSS LTD
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.6
R
R
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash receipts from customers 512 600
Cash paid to suppliers and employees (417 700)
Cash generated from operations 94 900
Interest paid (7 300 − 2 000) (5 300)
Dividends received 3 000
Dividends paid (10 000)
Tax paid (38 300)
Net cash from operating activities
44 300
Cash flows from operating activities (using the indirect method)
When we prepare the statement of cash flows using the indirect method, we must ignore the
calculations for cash received from customers and cash payments to suppliers and
employees. We now calculate cash generated by operations by adjusting profit or loss for the
effect of non-cash transactions, any deferrals or accruals of previous or future operating cash
receipts or payments and income or expenditure items related to investment or financing cash
flow. The calculations for interest, dividends and tax remain unaltered, irrespective of the
method used.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
271
Cash flows from operating activities (using the indirect method):
ROSS LTD
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20.6
R
R
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax 10 500
Adjustments for:
Depreciation 63 600
Profit on sale of non-current asset (2 000)
Loss on sale of non-current asset 8 000
Interest expense 7 300
Investment income (3 000)
84 400
Changes in working capital 10 500
Increase in inventory (50 000 − 67 000) (17 000)
Decrease in trade and other receivables (50 000 − 37 400) 12 600
Decrease in prepaid expenses (2 600 − 500) 2 100
Increase in trade and other payables (38 800 − 26 000) 12 800
Cash generated from operations 94 900
Interest paid (7 300 − 2 000) (5 300)
Dividends received 3 000
Dividends paid (10 000)
Tax paid (38 300)
Net cash from operating activities
44 300
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows related to investing activities may include both the inflow and the outflow of cash.
The outflow of cash includes the purchase of assets and investments, while the inflow of cash
includes items such as proceeds from the sale of non-current assets.
Regarding the amount of assets purchased, we distinguish between the amount for
replacement and that for addition to assets. Replacement refers to the maintenance of
operations, while additions refers to the expansion of operations.
Assets purchased
When the increase in the balance of the accumulated depreciation accounts in the two
statements of financial position is equal to the depreciation in the statement of profit or loss
and other comprehensive income, the company did not sell or write off any assets during
the year. We can then account for any increase in the asset account (at cost price) directly as
purchases of assets.
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
272
Revaluation of property
Companies often revalue property, and when this happens during a particular financial year,
we treat it as follows: the value of the property increased because of the revaluation and
because there was in fact no flow of cash, we can ignore it when drafting the statement of
cash flows. The increase in the revaluation surplus represents the increase in the value of the
property.
Purchase and sale of assets
If an enterprise has purchased or sold assets during the year, it is desirable to reconstruct the
ledger accounts concerned.
Land and buildings
R R
Balance b/d 340 000 Proceeds on sale 15 000
Revaluation# 15 000 Balance c/d 350 000
Replacement* 10 000
365 000 365 000
Balance b/d 350 000
# Increase in balance of surplus on revaluation account
* Balancing figure
Motor vehicles at cost price
R R
Balance b/d 67 300 Cost of trade-in 14 400
Replacement (given) 35 000 Balance c/d 108 900
Addition* 21 000
123 300 123 300
Balance b/d 108 900
* Balancing figure
Accumulated depreciation: motor vehicles
R R
Accumulated depreciation Balance b/d 10 000
on trade-in 7 400 Depreciation* 24 600
Balance c/d 27 200
34 600 34 600
Balance b/d 27 200
* Balancing figure
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
273
Realisation account: motor vehicles
R R
Cost price of trade-in 14 400 Accumulated depreciation 7 400
Profit on trade-in on trade-in [(14 400 - 7 400) - 9 000] 2 000 Proceeds 9 000
16 400 16 400
Plant and machinery at carrying amount
R R
Balance b/d 106 000 Carrying amount -
sold
51 000
Replacement (given) 62 000 Depreciation 39 000
Balance c/d 78 000
168 000 168 000
Balance b/d 78 000
Realisation account: plant and machinery
R R
Carrying amount sold 51 000 Proceeds on sale 43 000
(51 000 – 8 000)
Loss on sale 8 000
51 000 51 000
Financial assets
When trading in shares is part of the business model of the company and there is an intention
of short-term profit taking, typically listed shares held for trading, the increase or decrease in
cash would be part of operating activities. In this example however, the shares were
purchased without the intention of short-term profit taking as part of the business model.
These shares not held for trading, will be disclosed in the cash flows from investing activities
section.
We are now able to complete the section described as cash flows from investing activities.
Cash flows from investing activities (both methods)
R
R
Investment to maintain production capacity (107 000)
Replacement of land 10 000
Replacement of motor vehicle 35 000
Replacement of machine 62 000
Investment to expand production capacity (21 000)
Addition to motor vehicles 21 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
274
Proceeds from the sale of financial assets at amortised cost 25 200
Proceeds of sale of land 15 000
Proceeds on sale of motor vehicle 9 000
Proceeds on sale of machine 43 000
Net cash used in investing activities
(35 800)
Cash flows from financing activities (both methods)
An enterprise must report on the main classes of gross cash receipts and gross cash
payments that resulted from financing activities separately.
We usually derive the effecting of new borrowings, the redemption of existing borrowings and
the issue of shares from the given statements of financial position.
2 .6 2 .5 Change R R R
10% R200 Debentures 40 000 - 40 000 Long-term borrowings - 80 000 80 000 Share capital (280 000/250 000 shares) 292 000 258 200 33 800
The share capital increased by R33 800. Therefore, the total amount received upon issue of
the shares was R33 800.
We can now complete the section that deals with cash flows from financing activities.
Cash flows from financing activities (both methods)
R
R
Proceeds from debentures issued 40 000
Payment on redemption of long-term borrowings (80 000)
Proceeds on issue of shares 33 800
Net cash used in financing activities
(6 200)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
The net effect of the first three sections of the statement of cash flows produced the net
change.
R
Net cash from operating activities 44 300 Net cash used in investing activities (35 800) Net cash used in financing activities (6 200)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 2 300 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year (300)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 2 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
275
1.4 EXERCISES
QUESTION 1
Additional information
1. The following information was obtained from the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income of A Ltd for the year ended 31 October 20.3:
R
Revenue 750 000 Cost of sales (300 000)
Gross profit 450 000 Other income 4 000 Administrative and selling expenses (88 000 + 48 000 + 72 000) (208 000) Other expenses (26 000)
Profit before tax 220 000 Income tax expense (85 000)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 135 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - Revaluation surplus 210 000
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 345 000
20 .3
20.2
R R
Debits
Property 1 750 000 1 400 000 Motor vehicles 436 000
410 000
Machinery 385 000
370 000 Inventory 178 000
154 000
Trade and other receivables 214 000
220 000 Cash in bank 2 000
76 000
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss -
40 000
2 965 000
2 670 000
Credits
Share capital (400 000/300 000 shares) 440 000 330 000 Revaluation surplus 220 000
10 000
Retained earnings 981 000
870 000 Long-term borrowings: interest free 900 000
1 100 000
Accumulated depreciation – Motor vehicles 76 000
54 000
– Machinery 141 000
120 000
Trade and other payables 139 000
142 000 Tax payable 44 000
28 000
Dividends payables (ordinary) 24 000
16 000
2 965 000
2 670 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
276
2. Extract from the statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 October 20.3
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
Total
R R R
Profit for the year
135 000 155 000 Dividends declared
(24 000) (24 000)
Revaluation surplus 210 000
210 000
3. On 31 October 20.3, A Ltd purchased a new motor car for R54 000 and sold an old
vehicle at its carrying amount.
4. A Ltd traded in a machine with a carrying amount of R60 000 on which R51 000 had
already been written off in depreciation for R54 000 and replaced it with a new machine.
5. Depreciation for the current year R
Vehicles 48 000
Machinery 72 000
6. A Ltd sold the investment for R24 000 on 28 February 20.3, at a profit of R4 000. There
was also a fair value adjustment during the current year. Trading in shares is part of the
business model of A Ltd.
REQUIRED
Draft the statement of cash flows of A Ltd for the year ended 31 October 20.3 in
accordance with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) using the direct method. Ignore comparative figures, but show the following
calculations:
1. cash receipts from clients
2. cash paid to suppliers and employees
3. normal tax paid
4. dividends paid
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
277
QUESTION 2
The following information was derived from the books of B Ltd:
TRIAL BALANCE AT 28 FEBRUARY
20.5 20.4
R R
Land and buildings at valuation 244 500 200 000
Machinery at cost price 14 800 52 300 Financial assets at amortised cost - 2 400 Inventory 15 000 19 000 Trade and other receivables 18 000 15 400 Bank 8 000 14 000
300 300 303 100
Share capital – 100 000 shares 100 000 100 000
Interest free long-term borrowings 40 000 50 000 Revaluation surplus 59 500 15 000 Retained earnings 65 000 107 000 Dividends payables 20 000 10 000 Accumulated depreciation – machinery 3 400 4 800 Allowance for credit losses 1 000 1 200 Trade and other payables 7 400 11 300 Tax payable 4 000 3 800
300 300 303 100
Additional information
1. The following information was derived from the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income of B Ltd for the year ended 28 February 20.5:
R
Revenue 179 500 Cost of sales (76 200)
Gross profit 103 300 Other income (1 000 + 200) 1 200 Administrative and selling expenses (48 000 + 42 600) (90 600) Other expenses (400)
Profit before tax 13 500 Income tax expense (5 500)
PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 8 000 Other comprehensive income for the year - Revaluation surplus 44 500
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 52 500
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
278
2. Extract from the statement of changes in equity for the year ended 28 February 20.5
Revalua-tion
surplus
Retai-ned
earnings R
Total
R
R
R Balance at 1 March 20.4 15 000
107 000
122 000
Changes in equity for 20.5
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
8 000
8 000 Other comprehensive income for the year 44 500
44 500
Dividend paid: ordinary
(50 000)
(50 000)
Balance at 28 February 20.5 59 500 65 000
124 500
3. B Ltd grew rapidly during the year, and unless otherwise indicated, they purchased all
assets for the purposes of expanding the enterprise. The following transactions occurred
during the year ended 28 February 20.5:
3.1 B Ltd purchased new machinery to the value of R8 000 during the year to replace
the obsolete machinery. The cost price of the old machinery was R45 500, and
B Ltd resold it for R2 500. The accumulated depreciation on the machinery that was
sold was R44 000.
3.2 The company sold its financial assets at 1 March 20.4 for R2 000. These assets
were not held with the intention of short-term profit taking as part of the business
model.
REQUIRED
Draft the statement of cash flows for B Ltd for the financial year ended
28 February 20.5 in compliance with the requirements of International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) using the indirect method. Ignore comparative figures,
but show the following calculations:
1. normal tax paid
2. dividends paid
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
279
SOLUTION
QUESTION 1
A LTD
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 OCTOBER 20.3
R R R
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash receipts from customers (C1) 756 000
Cash paid to suppliers and employees (C2) (415 000)
Cash generated from operations 341 000
Dividends paid (C3) (16 000)
Tax paid (C4) (69 000)
Proceeds from the sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: held for trading
24 000
Net cash from operating activities
280 000
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment to maintain production capacity (180 000)
Replacement of machinery (C5) (126 000)
Replacement of motor vehicle (C5) (54 000)
Investment to expand production capacity (140 000)
Additions to property (C5) (140 000)
Proceeds from sale of motor vehicles (28 000 – 26 000) 2 000
Proceeds from sale of machinery (60 000 – 6 000) 54 000
Net cash used in investing activities
(264 000) Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares (440 000 – 330 000) 110 000
Repayment of long-term borrowings (1 100 000 – 900 000) (200 000)
Net cash used in financing activities
(90 000)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(74 000)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
76 000
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
2 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
280
Calculations
C1. Cash receipts from customers
Trade and other receivables
R R
Balance b/d 220 000 Bank* 756 000
Sales 750 000 Balance c/d 214 000
970 000 970 000
* Balancing figure
C2. Cash paid to suppliers and employees
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
R R
Balance (inventory) b/d 154 000 Balance (trade and b/d
Bank* 415 000 other payables) 142 000
Balance (trade and other Cost of sales 300 000
payables) c/d 139 000 Administrative and
selling expenses 88 000
Balance (inventory) c/d 178 000
708 000 708 000
* Balancing figure
C3. Dividends paid
Unpaid amounts at the beginning of the period 16 000 Amounts debited to income 24 000 Unpaid amounts at the end of the period (24 000)
16 000
C4. Tax paid
Unpaid amounts at the beginning of the year 28 000 Amounts debited to income 85 000 Unpaid amounts at the end of the year (44 000)
69 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
281
C5. Ledger accounts
Property
R R
Balance b/d 1 400 000 Balance c/d 1 750 000
Revaluation 210 000
Purchases 140 000
1 750 000 1 750 000
Motor vehicles at cost
R R
Balance b/d 410 000 Sales* 28 000
New purchases 54 000 Balance c/d 436 000
464 000 464 000
* Balancing figure
Accumulated depreciation – motor vehicles
R R
Sales* c/d 26 000 Balance b/d 54 000
Balance 76 000 Depreciation 48 000
102 000 102 000 * Balancing figure
Machinery at cost
R R
Balance b/d 370 000 Sales (60 000 + 51 000) 111 000
New purchases* 126 000 Balance c/d 385 000
496 000 496 000
* Balancing figure
Accumulated depreciation – machinery
R R
Sales 51 000 Balance b/d 120 000
Balance c/d 141 000 Depreciation 72 000
192 000 192 000
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
282
QUESTION 2
B LTD
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
R R
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax
13 500
Adjustments for:
Depreciation (C4)
42 600
Decrease in allowance for credit losses
(200)
Profit on sale of non-current assets
(1 000)
Loss on sale of financial assets at amortised cost
400
55 300
Changes in working capital
(2 500)
Decrease in inventory (15 000 − 19 000)
4 000
Increase in trade and other receivables (18 000 – 15 400)
(2 600)
Decrease in trade and other payables (7 400 – 11 300)
(3 900)
Cash generated from operations
52 800 Dividends paid (C1)
(40 000)
Tax paid (C2)
(5 300)
Net cash from operating activities
7 500
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment to maintain production capacity (8 000) Replacement of machinery (C3) (8 000)
Proceeds from sale of non-current assets 2 500 Proceeds from sale of financial assets at amortised cost 2 000 Net cash used in investing activities
(3 500)
Cash flows from financing activities
Redemption of long-term borrowings (50 000 – 40 000) (10 000) Net cash used in financing activities
(10 000)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(6 000) Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
14 000
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
8 000
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
R R
Balance b/d 40 000 Sold (24 000 – 4 000) 20 000
Impairment loss * 20 000
Balance b/d -
40 000 40 000
* Balancing figure
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
283
Calculations
C1. Dividends paid
Unpaid amounts at the beginning of the year 10 000 Amount debited to income 50 000 Unpaid amounts at the end of the year (20 000)
40 000
C2. Tax paid
Unpaid amounts at the beginning of the year 3 800 Amount debited to income 5 500 Unpaid amounts at the end of the year (4 000)
5 300
C3.
Machinery
R R
Balance b/d 52 300 Sales 45 500
New purchases* 8 000 Balance c/d 14 800
60 300 60 300
* Balancing figure
C4.
Accumulated depreciation – machinery
R R
Sales 44 000 Balance b/d 4 800
Balance c/d 3 400 Depreciation current year* 42 600
47 400 47 400
* Balancing figure
FAC2602 / TOPIC B / Learning unit 1
284
SELF-ASSESSMENT
After studying this study unit, are you able to:
draft a statement of cash flows with accompanying notes for a company using
the direct method in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS)?
draft a statement of cash flows with accompanying notes for a company using
the indirect method in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS)?